Ⅰ.品句填词
1．It
is
important
to
keep
____________(平静的)
on
that
occasion.
2．To
be
an
____________(优秀的)
student，you
must
study
hard
and
use
proper
methods.
3．We
shouldn’t
judge
a
person
by
his
____________(外表)．
4．We’ve
exchanged
emails
but
we’ve
never
____________(实际上)
met.
5．After
the
accident
she
lost
the
power
of
____________(语言)．
6．He
____________
(暂停)for
breath，then
continued
up
the
hill.
7．She
fell
heavily，____________(撞击)
her
head
against
the
side
of
the
boat.
8．Crying
is
seen
as
a
____________(迹象)
of
weakness.
9．Do
you
know
how
the
phone
got
____________
(损坏的)
?
10．I
____________(想知道)
if
I’ll
recognize
Philip
after
all
these
years.
答案：1.calm 2.excellent 3.appearance 4.actually
5．speech 6.paused 7.striking 8.sign 9.broken 10.wonder
Ⅱ.选词填空
1．They
____________
and
all
they
can
see
is
the
darkness.
2．The
best
time
to
____________
those
birds
is
the
early
morning.
3．No
problem
lasts
forever.Storms
always
____________
the
sun.
4．Pipe
in
mouth，he
sat
____________.
5．The
rosy
colour
of
her
cheeks
has
____________.
答案：1.looked
around 2.catch
sight
of 3.give
way
to
4．deep
in
thought 5.died
away
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．The
ship
was
helpless
against
the
________
of
the
storm.
A．power
B．strength
C．energy
D．force
解析：选A。句意：那艘船只能任凭强大的暴风雨肆虐。power“力量，能量”；strength“力气；体力”；energy
“精力，活力”；force“武力”。
2．The
soldiers
and
volunteers
worked
day
and
night
in
order
not
to
________
any
person’s
life.
A．give
away
B．give
out
C．give
in
D．give
up
解析：选D。句意：为了不放弃任何人的生命，士兵们和志愿者们日夜工作。give
away“泄露”；give
out“发出(光等)”；give
in“屈服，
让步”；give
up“放弃”。
3.
________
to
attract
young
readers，the
book
is
full
of
interesting
stories
in
simple
and
easy
language.
A．Aiming
B．Aimed
C．Contributed
D．Contributing
解析：选B。句意：针对吸引年轻读者，这本书中满是用简单易懂的语言写成的有趣故事。book与aim构成被动关系，aimed
to
attract
young
readers
为分词短语作状语。contribute“贡献”与题意不符。
4．At
the
foot
of
the
mountain
________.
A．a
village
lies
B．lies
a
village
C．does
a
village
lie
D．lying
a
village
解析：选B。作状语的介词短语at
the
foot
of...位于句首时，句子要用全部倒装。
5．The
thief
was
brought
in，with
his
hands
________
behind
his
back.
A．tying
B．tied
C．to
tie
D．being
tied
解析：选B。过去分词tied作宾补，表示被动与动作已完成。
6．There
are
________
to
show
that
a
new，different
city
is
coming
out
of
its
dark
past.
A．signals
B．marks
C．signs
D．symbols
解析：选C。signal“信号”；mark“标记；分数”；sign“迹象”；symbol“象征”。句意：有迹象表明一座新的不同于它的灰暗过去的城市就要崛起。由句意可知要选C。
7．At
first
________
it
looked
like
a
simple
accident，but
later
the
police
became
doubtful.
A．sight
B．view
C．look
D．glimpse
解析：选A。at
first
sight“乍一看，第一眼看见”。句意：乍一看，这是一个简单的事故，但是后来警察开始怀疑了。
8．He
won
the
first
prize
in
the
English
speech
contest，________.
A．happy
and
relaxedly
B．happy
and
relaxed
C．happily
and
relaxedly
D．happily
and
relaxed
解析：选B。考查形容词作状语。本题用形容词作状语而不是用副词作状语，补充说明主语的状态，副词作状语修饰谓语动词，形容词作状语修饰主语，补充说明主语的状态。
9．—Have
you
got
any
idea
for
the
summer
vacation?
—I
don’t
mind
where
we
go
________
there’s
sun，sea
and
beach.
A．as
if
B．as
long
as
C．now
that
D．in
order
that
解析：选B。考查连词的用法。as
long
as意为“只要”。后一句的句意为：只要那儿有阳光、大海和海滩，我们去哪儿我都不介意。as
if意为“好像”；now
that意为“既然”；in
order
that意为“为了”。结合句意分析可知．A、C和D三项均不符合题意，所以只能选择B。
10．The
children
found
it
hard
to
stay
________
for
a
long
time.
A．still
B．calm
C．quiet
D．alive
解析：选A。still静止，不动；calm镇静，平静，侧重心理状态；quiet指由于无骚扰而产生的“安静，无动静，无声响”；alive活着的。
Ⅳ.阅读理解
When
I
was
teaching
in
China，I
certainly
wanted
my
students
to
learn
more，but
I
also
really
wanted
them
to
enjoy
classes.
One
of
my
favorite
classes
was
teaching
my
students
about
music.I
taught
them
about
the
many
different
styles
of
music
and
about
the
different
cultures
that
had
produced
them.I
played
CDs
in
class
to
test
my
students’
increasing
knowledge
of
music
styles，but
I
decided
that，although
useful
and
fun，this
just
wasn’t
memorable
enough.
As
a
student
myself，I
had
learned
to
play
classical
and
electric
guitar.I
decided
that
I
would
take
my
electric
guitar
into
class，not
only
to
further
test
my
students，but
also
to
give
them
something
memorable.During
the
lesson，I
played
various
music
styles，from
country
and
western
to
blues，jazz
and
rock；after
each
piece，I
would
have
my
students，in
groups，guess
the
style
of
music
played.Their
enthusiastic
involvement
told
me
all
I
needed
to
know
about
this
class.It
had
been
a
great
success.During
a
free
talk
about
culture
and
music，I
was
delighted
to
hear
their
sensitive
comments
on
the
origins
of
rap，rock
and
blues
music.
Further
to
this，I
set
a
class
project，asking
students
to
form
their
own
band，choosing
their
own
instruments，style
of
music
and
band
name.The
rest
of
the
class
would
then
interview
each
group
about
their
group
and
their
music.It
was
great
for
me
to
watch
how
their
understanding
of
the
subject
had
been
so
deeply
rooted.And
to
help
them
learn
more
about
music
is
my
aim.
I
believe
that
making
teaching
memorable
is
the
key
not
only
to
dynamic
(动态的)
learning
for
students，but
also
to
pure
enjoyment
for
teachers.If
a
teacher
brings
a
range
of
different
skills
into
the
classroom，I
am
certain
that
the
teacher
will
be
in
a
great
position
to
give
his
students
unforgettable
classes.After
all，if
students
can
see
that
a
teacher
loves
teaching
them，how
can
they
fail
to
be
inspired
by
such
a
teacher?
1．The
underlined
word
“them”
in
Paragraph
2
means
________.
A．classes
B．students
C．cultures
D．different
styles
of
music
解析：选D。代词指代题。根据上文可以判断，此句的先行词为cultures，不同的文化产生了不同风格的音乐。
2．From
the
text，we
know
that
the
writer
is
very
good
at
________.
A．enjoying
himself
B．playing
guitar
C．a
free
talk
about
culture
D．forming
band
解析：选B。细节理解题。由文章第三段可以判断。
3．The
class
band
is
built
to
help
students
________.
A．interview
each
group
B．watch
how
to
play
instruments
C．learn
more
about
music
D．pure
enjoyment
for
teachers
解析：选C。细节理解题。根据文章第四段的最后一句判断。
4．Which
of
the
following
statements
would
the
writer
agree
to?
A．It
is
a
good
idea
to
have
a
band
in
a
class.
B．Teachers
should
talk
to
each
of
their
students
during
music
class.
C．It
is
important
for
a
teacher
to
have
the
right
teaching
for
students.
D．Understanding
music
can
help
students
understand
a
teacher
correctly.
解析：选C。推理判断题。由文章最后一段得出推理。
Ⅴ.短文改错
Last
summer
I
go
to
America
and
studied
at
a
language1.______________
school.I
had
many
wonderful
experience，but
I
also
2．______________
had
a
sad
one.One
day，the
school
held
party，where
I
3.______________
invited
to
talk
about
Beijing.After
that
they
asked
me
lots
of
4.______________
things
about
China.But
I
couldn’t
explain
it
in
English
5.______________
clearly.I
felt
sadly.I
learnt
a
lesson
from
this
experience.I
6.______________
have
already
studied
English
for
eight
years，I
can’t
use
it
7.______________
very
good.I
must
work
hard
to
improve
my
spoken
English
8.______________
so
that
I
will
not
be
able
to
communicate
freely
with
foreigners.9.______________
I
hope
I
can
be
a
bridge
between
China
and
others
countries10.______________
in
the
future.
答案：1.go→went 2.experience→experiences 3.party前加a 4.invited前加was 5.it→them 6.sadly→sad 7.I前加but 8.good→well 9.去掉not 10.others→otherⅠ.品句填词
1.
It’s
____________(没用的)
to
argue
with
them.
答案：useless
2.
He
always
puts
his
____________
(信任)in
the
future.
答案：faith
3.
Doctors
have
given
him
six
months
to
live
if
he
doesn’t
____________(停止)
drinking.
答案：quit
4．The
old
man
has
been
__________(斗争)with
illness.
答案：struggling
5.
It’s
__________(不可思议的)how
much
Tom
has
changed
since
he
met
Sally.
答案：incredible
6.
Large
classes
__________(提出)
great
problems
to
many
teachers.
答案：present
7．__________(弯曲)
your
knees,
but
keep
your
back
straight.
答案：Bend
8.
I’m
____________
(惭愧的)to
admit
that
I’ve
never
read
any
of
his
books.
答案：ashamed
9.
I
don’t
want
to
__________
(负担)you
with
my
problem.
答案：burden
10.
I
always
felt
a
bit
of
a
____________
(失败者)at
school.
答案：failure
Ⅱ.选词填空
belong
to；be
afraid
to
；take
off；be
fortunate
in；in
return
1.
I
________________
having
a
good
English
teacher
and
she
taught
us
well.
答案：was
fortunate
in
2．The
plane
__________
an
hour
late
because
of
the
heavy
rain.
答案：took
off
3.
He
__________
climb
the
tree
because
he
was
afraid
of
falling
down.
答案：was
afraid
to
4.
We
offer
an
excellent
education
to
our
students.____________，we
expect
students
to
work
hard.
答案：In
return
5.
Lions
and
tigers
____________
cat
family.
答案：belong
to
Ⅲ.单项填空
1.
I
crossed
the
street
to
________meeting
him，but
he
saw
me
and
came
running
towards
me.
A．get
B．avoid
C．try
D．stop
解析：选B。从下文“但他看到我并朝我跑来”可知我不想见他，avoid后接名词或动名词表示“避免做某事”。
2.
The
employees
were
tired
of
working
extra
hours
and
some
even________their
jobs.
A．teased
B．acquired
C．tolerated
D．quit
解析：选D。句意：雇员们讨厌加班并且有的甚至辞去了工作。quit辞职。
3.
You
ought
to
be________of
yourself—treating
your
sister
like
that!
A．ashamed
B．embarrassed
C．desperate
D．abnormal
解析：选A。be
ashamed
of...
为……而羞愧。
4.
It
was
at
this
point
that
her
acting
career
really________.
A．took
up
B．took
off
C．took
in
D．took
down
解析：选B。句意：在那个时候她的演艺事业腾飞了。take
up“从事，占据”；take
off“起飞，(事业)腾飞”；take
in“吸收，欺骗”；take
down“取下”。
5．I
was
so
familiar
with
her
that
I
recognized
her
voice________I
picked
up
the
phone.
A．the
moment
B．after
C．before
D．while
解析：选A。ashamed
羞愧的。句意：我对她如此熟悉以至于一拿起电话我就听出了她的声音。the
moment“一……就……”。
6．The
old
man________food
from
door
to
door.
A．asked
for
B．asked
C．begged
for
D．begged
of
解析：选C。句意：这位老人挨家乞讨食物。ask
for要求；beg
for乞讨；beg
of无此结构。
7.
He
was
________to
have
troubled
me
with
so
many
questions.
A．guilty
B．crazy
C．miserable
D．ashamed
解析：选D。句意：他为问这么多问题打扰我而不好意思。be
guilty
of
有……罪；crazy疯狂的；miserable痛苦的；ashamed羞愧的。
8．Bad
habits
are
no
way
easy
to
be________；
it
needs
your
determination.
A．replaced
B．moved
C．removed
D．got
rid
解析：选C。replace代替；move移动；remove去掉；get
rid接宾语时应加of。
9.
There
are
many
people
present
at
the
meeting,
a
quarter
of
whom________the
same
school.
A．belong
to
B．are
belonging
to
C．belong
D．are
belonged
to
解析：选A。belong
to属于，无被动语态和进行时态。
10.
They
helped
us
a
lot
with
our
housework
and
never
asked
for
anything________.
A．in
turn
B．as
reward
C．as
return
D．in
return
解析：选D。句意：他们帮我们干了许多家务，但从没有要过任何回报。in
return“回报”；in
turn“依次、轮流”。
Ⅳ.完形填空
During
his
college
years,
Rogers
spent
a
summer
in
an
Idaho
logging
(砍伐原木)
camp.
When
the
boss
had
to
__1__
for
a
few
days,
he
put
Rogers
in
charge.
“What
if
the
men__2__to
follow
my
orders？”
Rogers
asked.
He
__3__Tony,
a
worker
who
was
always
giving
the
other
men
a(n)__4__time.
“Fire
them”，
the
boss
said.
Then,
as
if__5__Rogers’
mind,
he
added,
“I
think
you
want
to
send
Tony
away
if
you__6__the
chance.
I’d
feel
__7__
about
that.
I
know
he__8__
everybody
and
everything.
But
he
is
a
good
worker.
He
comes__9__and
leaves
last.
There
has
not
been
a(n)__10__for
eight
years
on
the
hill
where
he
works.”
The
next
day
Rogers
went
to
Tony
and__11__to
him.
Tony,
I
was
going
to
ask
you
to
leave
if
you
argued
with
me，__12__
I
want
you
to
know
now
I’m
not，”
he
told
Tony,
adding
what
the
boss
had
said.
When
he
finished,
Tony
cried.
”Why
didn’t__13__tell
me
those
words
eight
years
ago？”
That
day
Tony
worked
__14__
than
ever
before－and
he
smiled!
Rogers
went
back
to__15__after
that
summer.
Twelve
years
later,
he__16__Tony
again.
He
was
the
boss
of
one
of
the__17__logging
companies
in
the
West.
Rogers
asked
him
how
he
had
achieved
such
great__18__.
Tony
replied,
“Do
you
still
remember
what
you
told
me
twelve
years
ago?
That
one
minute__19__my
whole
life.”
Have
you
got
one
minute
to
thank
someone?
One
minute.
It
can
make
a
__20__for
a
lifetime.
1．A.determine
B．leave
C．compare
D．think
解析：选B。根据后文老板让Rogers负责原木砍伐营地的情况，可知老板要离开几天，故选B。
2．A.like
B．pretend
C．refuse
D．hope
解析：选C。根据后文可知，Rogers是怕像Tony这样的人拒绝接受他的指令。
3．A.cared
about
B．thought
of
C．took
care
of
D．looked
for
解析：选B。Rogers害怕别人拒绝接受他的指令，他想起了一个叫Tony的人。
4．A.difficult
B．happy
C．quiet
D．exciting
解析：选A。根据后文可知，Tony是一个总让别人不好过的人，故选A。
5．A.repeating
B．watching
C．writing
D．reading
解析：选D。根据后文老板所说的话，可知他似乎读懂了Rogers的心思。
6．A.steal
B．get
C．share
D．try
解析：选B。老板说Rogers在想以后等有了机会就把Tony送走，故选B，表示“得到机会”。
7．A.nervous
B．pleasant
C．sorry
D．right
解析：选C。根据老板对Tony的描述，可知如果Rogers这么做，老板会感到难过的。
8．A.hates
B．surprises
C．beats
D．fears
解析：选A。根据But的语境，可知在老板眼里，Tony确实是个讨厌别人以及周围事物的人。
9．A.already
B．soon
C．late
D．first
解析：选D。根据后面的leaves
last，可知Tony是第一个来又是最后一个走的。
10．A.accident
B．worker
C．task
D．award
解析：选A。根据老板对Tony的评价，可知他是个非常好的工人，故可推断老板是说他所负责的那个山头在过去的八年里从没发生过事故。
11．A.listened
B．sang
C．spoke
D．shouted
解析：选C。第二天，Rogers就去找Tony，跟他进行了谈话。
12．A.because
B．but
C．since
D．so
解析：选B。Rogers把自己以前的打算说了出来，但他又说现在不会这样了，故需要一个表示转折的连词。
13．A.they
B．you
C．she
D．he
解析：选D。Tony是问为什么老板以前没这么跟他说，故选he，代指老板。
14．A.harder
B．faster
C．worse
D．less
解析：选A。因为心怀感激之情，Tony工作比以前更加卖力了。
15．A.factory
B．school
C．work
D．office
解析：选B。根据第一段第一句During
his
college
years，Rogers
spent
a
summer
in
an
Idaho
logging(砍伐原木)
camp.可知，Rogers
假期结束后又回到了学校。
16．A.rescued
B．chose
C．met
D．accepted
解析：选C。12年后，Rogers再次遇见了Tony。
17．A.nearest
B．worst
C．strangest
D．largest
解析：选D。根据后面Rogers问Tony为何取得了如此大的成功，可知Tony成为了西部最大的几家原木砍伐公司之一的老板。
18．A.success
B．luck
C．fun
D．trouble
解析：选A。Tony已成为西部最大的几家原木砍伐公司之一的老板，故可推断Rogers是问Tony为何取得了如此大的成功。
19．A.replaced
B．seized
C．changed
D．destroyed
解析：选C。Tony告诉Rogers，十二年前那一分钟的谈话改变了他的一生。
20．A.decision
B．comment
C．mistake
D．difference
解析：选D。一分钟，可能会改变一个人的一生。make
a
difference为固定搭配，意为“改变”。
Ⅴ.阅读理解
“All
work
and
no
play
makes
Jack
a
dull
boy”
is
a
popular
saying
in
the
United
States.
Other
countries
have
similar
sayings.
It
is
true
that
all
of
us
need
recreation.
We
cannot
work
all
the
time
if
we
are
going
to
keep
good
health
and
everyone
has
his
own
way
of
relaxing.
Perhaps
the
most
popular
way
is
to
take
part
in
sports.
There
are
team
sports,
such
as
baseball,
basketball,
and
football.
There
are
individual
sports,
also,
such
as
golf
and
swimming.
In
addition,
hiking,
fishing,
skiing,
and
mountain
climbing
have
a
great
attraction
for
people
who
like
to
be
outdoors.
Not
everyone
who
enjoys
sports
events
likes
to
take
part
in
them.
Many
people
prefer
to
be
onlookers,
either
watching
them
on
television,
or
listening
to
them
on
the
radio.
When
there
is
an
important
baseball
game
or
boxing
match
it
is
almost
impossible
to
get
tickets;
everyone
wants
to
attend.
Chess,
card?playing,
and
dancing
are
forms
of
indoor
recreation
enjoyed
by
many
people.
It
doesn’t
matter
whether
we
play
a
fast
game
of
ping?pong,
concentrate
over
the
bridge
table,
or
go
walking
through
the
woods
on
a
brisk
autumn
afternoon.
It
is
important
for
everyone
to
relax
from
time
to
time
and
enjoy
some
form
of
recreation.
1．The
underlined
word
“recreation”
(Paragraph
1)
here
means________.
A．walking
and
climbing
B．form
of
play
or
amusement
C．creating
something
D．joy
and
happiness
解析：选B。词义猜测题。根据上下文可知：玩和娱乐的形式即消遣(
recreation)，选B项。
2．According
to
the
passage,
perhaps
the
following
are
our
ordinary
ways
of
relaxation
for
common
people
except________.
A．listening
to
music
B．playing
cards
C．going
out
for
fishing
D．boxing
match
解析：选A。事实细节题。从文中可知大多数人放松自己的运动方式包括了B、C、D三项，而没有提到听音乐。
3．Which
of
the
following
statements
is
TRUE
according
to
the
passage?
A．The
popular
British
saying
mentioned
in
the
passage
has
familiar
doing
in
other
countries.
B．All
of
us
need
recreation
in
our
lives
if
we
cannot
work
all
the
time.
C．Sometimes
those
who
enjoy
sports
events
like
to
take
part
in
them,
too.
D．It
is
possible
for
everyone
who
wants
to
watch
an
important
baseball
match
to
get
a
ticket.
解析：选C。理解判断题。根据文中“Not
everyone
who
enjoys
sports
events
likes
to
take
part
in
them.”可知有时候有人也会去，故答案选C项。Ⅰ.品句填词
1．Liu
Mei
studied
hard
and
won
a
____________
(奖学金)
to
Oxford.
2．It’s
____________
(极其；非常)cold
today，please
close
the
windows.
3．Every
____________
(公民)
has
the
equal
right
to
be
educated.
4．Sometimes
it’s
very
hard
to
choose
a
____________
(职业)．
5．Are
you
going
anywhere
in
____________
(特别的)?
6．Some
people
said
that
the
new
tax
law
was
____________
(不公平的)．
7．I
think，____________
(严格地)speaking，you
are
wrong
there.
8．Her
rich
experience
gave
her
an
____________
(优势)over
other
persons
for
the
job.
9．The
gloves
were
____________
(设计)for
very
cold
climates.
10．Training
will
____________
(使能够)you
to
find
work.
答案：1.scholarship 2.extremely 3.citizen 4.career
5．particular 6.unfair 7.strictly 8.advantage 9.designed 10.enable
Ⅱ.选词填空
1．Don’t
________
little
things.
2．We
started
early
________
arrive
before
dark.
3．Water
________
hydrogen
and
oxygen.
4．I’d
like
to
eat
out，but
_____________
I
should
be
trying
to
save
money.
5．I
_________
you
taking
immediate
action
to
correct
your
mistakes.
答案：1.worry
about 2.in
order
to 3.consists
of 4.on
the
other
hand 5.insist
on
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．I
would
like
a
job
which
pays
more，but
________
I
enjoy
the
work
I’m
doing
at
the
moment.
A．in
other
words
B．on
the
other
hand
C．for
one
thing
D．as
a
matter
of
fact
解析：选B。句意：我喜欢酬劳更多的工作，但是从另一方面来说，我很满意我现在正在做的工作。in
other
words
换句话说；on
the
other
hand
另一方面；for
one
thing
首先；as
a
matter
of
fact
事实上，从逻辑上来讲，A、C、D都不正确。
2．In
that
terrible
earthquake，________
who
were
killed
was
more
than
60,000.
A．a
large
number
people
B．the
number
of
people
C．a
number
of
people
D．many
people
解析：选B。句意：在那次可怕的地震中，死亡的人数是6万。
3．The
couple
flew
to
Italy
for
a
week
of
holiday
________
of
last
month.
A．in
the
end
B．on
the
end
C．at
the
end
D．by
the
end
解析：选C。an
the
end
of
表示动作在某件事或某段时间结束的那一刻发生；by
the
end
of
表示动作在某件事或某段时间结束前就发生了，是截止到那个时间点就完成了；in
the
end＝at
last
最后；on
the
end
没有这个短语，而on
end
的意思是连续；直立。没有in
the
end
of
这一说法，有in
the
end
最后，终于。
4.
________
finish
their
task
ahead
of
time，
the
students
worked
harder
and
harder.
A．So
as
to
B．As
to
C．In
order
to
D．In
order
not
to
解析：选C。in
order
to
为了，以使……。
5．The
classroom
is
big
enough
________，but
we’ll
have
to
move
if
we
have
more
students.
A．for
the
moment
B．on
the
moment
C．in
a
moment
D．for
a
moment
解析：选A。for
the
moment
目前，B.那一刻；C.立刻；D.片刻。
6．Scientists
have
developed
a
new
system
________
to
give
a
warning
seconds
before
an
earthquake.
A．having
been
designed
B．designed
C．to
design
D．designing
解析：选B。过去分词短语作a
new
system
的定语。
7．On
the
one
hand，of
course，cars
are
very
useful.But
________，they
cause
a
huge
amount
of
pollution.
A．for
another
B．on
the
other
hand
C．on
the
other
D．on
another
hand
解析：选B。on
the
one
hand...on
the
other
hand...一方面……另一方面……。
8．The
retired
man
donated
most
of
his
savings
to
the
school
damaged
by
the
earthquake
in
Yushu，________
the
students
to
return
to
their
classrooms.
A．enabling
B．having
enabled
C．to
enable
D．to
have
enabled
解析：选A。现在分词短语作结果状语。
9．The
man
insisted
________
a
taxi
for
me
even
though
I
told
him
I
lived
nearby.
A．find
B．to
find
C．on
finding
D．in
finding
解析：选C。insist
on
doing
sth.坚持做某事。
10．(2011·高考大纲全国卷)The
island，________to
the
mainland
by
a
bridge，is
easy
to
go
to.
A．joining
B．to
join
C．joined
D．having
joined
解析：选C。句意：这个岛屿由一座桥和大陆相连，很容易到达。join与the
island之间是逻辑上的动宾关系，故此处用过去分词。
Ⅳ.完形填空
It
was
Christmas
morning.My
elder
brother
Bill，my
father，my
grandma
and
I
were
__1__
what
we
had
bought
in
the
living
room.
Dad
had
__2__
an
expensive
new
fishing
pole
and
was
looking
at
it
and
telling
__3__
about
it.“Kids”，he
said，“this
thing
is
so
__4__
that
you
can
bend
it
in
half
and
it
won’t
break！”
We
didn’t
believe
it，__5__
he
went
out
to
prove
it.
He
__6__
the
ends
of
the
pole
and
brought
them
together
to
__7__
a
“U”
shape.We
all
watched
__8__
to
see
if
it
really
wouldn’t
break，but
to
our
horror，the
pole
broke
in
two，right
at
the
__9__
!
Bill
and
I
took
a
__10__
breath
and
looked
at
each
other，and
then
we
looked
at
Dad.“Oh，my
God！”
Dad
said.Bill
and
I
looked
at
Grandma，who
looked
at
us，and
then
we
all
looked
at
Dad.“Oh，my
God!
”he
said
__11__.
Mom，who
was
cooking
in
the
kitchen，came
out
to
see
what
had
__12__.She
looked
at
all
of
us.When
she
saw
the
two
__13__
ends
of
the
pole，she
cried，“Oh，my
God.”We
all
__14__
laughter.We
laughed
and
laughed，and
__15__
ran
from
our
eyes
and
our
stomachs
hurt
like
crazy.It
took
us
quite
a
while
to
__16__
ourselves
together.The
following
day，Dad
called
the
company
to
__17__
what
had
happened.They
were
so“
__18__
”by
his
blind
faith(信任)in
their
__19__；they
sent
him
a
new
fishing
pole.
Today，just
the
mention
of
that
__20__
brings
us
all
to
tears
of
laughter
again!
1．A.looking
after
B．preparing
for
C．going
through
D．taking
off
解析：选C。根据圣诞节以及we
had
bought的语境，可知作者一家去进行圣诞购物了，他们回来后正在仔细查看他们买回来的东西，故选C。
2．A.got
B．borrowed
C．lost
D．made
解析：选A。根据后文可知，作者的爸爸买了根鱼竿，get在此处相当于buy的意思，故选A。
3．A.her
B．us
C．them
D．himself
解析：选B。根据前文可知作者的哥哥，奶奶以及作者自己都在那里，故应选B。
4．A.long
B．strong
C．beautiful
D．expensive
解析：选B。鱼竿坚固才不会被折断，故选B。
5．A.because
B．if
C．so
D．though
解析：选C。因为作者跟他哥哥不相信爸爸所说的话，所以爸爸就出去证明给他们看。
6．A.held
B．tied
C．mixed
D．showed
解析：选A。作者的爸爸抓着鱼竿的两端用力折，故选A，表示“抓住”。
7．A.shake
B．destroy
C．form
D．win
解析：选C。作者的爸爸用力折鱼竿，使之成为一个U形。
8．A.properly
B．sadly
C．bravely
D．carefully
解析：选D。根据to
see
if
it
really
wouldn’t
break可推断他们应该是认真地看着他们的爸爸折鱼竿，故选D。
9．A.part
B．head
C．middle
D．end
解析：选C。根据right
at的语境可知鱼竿是从正中间折断的。
10．A.deep
B．wonderful
C．comfortable
D．bad
解析：选A。鱼竿折断了，作者跟他哥哥感到很吃惊，倒吸了口凉气，故选A。
11．A.anyway
B．exactly
C．again
D．actually
解析：选C。作者的爸爸已经说过一次Oh，my
God！了，这里表示他又说了一次。
12．A.bent
B．gone
C．appeared
D．happened
解析：选D。作者的妈妈也走了出来，看发生了什么事。
13．A.broken
B．whole
C．good
D．useful
解析：选A。鱼竿已经折断了，故选A。
14．A.picked
up
B．put
on
C．turned
down
D．broke
into
解析：选D。根据语境可知他们突然大笑了起来，break
into在这里意为“突然开始”。
15．A.tears
B．pity
C．worries
D．sorrow
解析：选A。鱼竿折断了，作者他们都大笑不已，笑得眼泪都流出来了。
16．A.pull
B．send
C．push
D．strike
解析：选A。作者他们笑得很疯狂，好一会才恢复正常。pull
sb.together为固定搭配，表示“冷静下来”。
17．A.change
B．consider
C．explain
D．accept
解析：选C。第二天，作者的爸爸给生产鱼竿的公司去了电话，解释发生了什么事。
18．A.cheered
B．scared
C．hurt
D．touched
解析：选D。根据语境可知生产鱼竿的公司听了作者爸爸的话，很为他对他们的产品如此信任而感动。
19．A.products
B．lies
C．mistakes
D．opinions
解析：选A。参见上题解析。
20．A.role
B．story
C．industry
D．career
解析：选B。story有“对往事的叙述”一意，故选B，作者再次提到这事时，还是会大笑不止。
Ⅴ.阅读理解
In
the
United
States
elementary
education
begins
at
the
age
of
six.At
this
stage
nearly
all
the
teachers
are
women，mostly
married.The
atmosphere
is
usually
very
friendly，and
the
teachers
have
now
accepted
the
idea
that
the
important
thing
is
to
make
the
children
happy
and
interested.The
old
authoritarian(要绝对服从的)
methods
of
education
were
discredited
(不被认可)
rather
a
long
time
ago—so
much
that
many
people
now
think
that
they
have
gone
too
far
in
the
direction
of
trying
to
make
children
happy
and
interested
rather
than
giving
them
actual
instruction.
The
social
education
of
young
children
tries
to
make
them
accept
the
idea
that
human
beings
in
a
society
need
to
work
together
for
their
common
good.So
the
emphasis
is
on
co?operation
rather
than
competition
throughout
most
of
this
process.This
may
seem
curious，in
view
of
the
fact
that
American
society
is
highly
competitive；however，the
need
for
making
people
sociable
in
this
sense
has
come
to
be
regarded
as
one
of
the
functions
of
education.Most
Americans
do
grow
up
with
competitive
ideas，and
obviously
quite
a
few
as
criminals，but
it
is
not
fair
to
say
that
the
educational
system
fails.It
probably
does
succeed
in
making
most
people
sociable
and
ready
to
help
one
another
both
in
material
ways
and
through
kindness
and
friendliness.
1．According
to
the
passage，the
US
elementary
education
is
supposed
to
make
children
________.
A．happy
and
interested
B．competitive
and
interested
C．curious
and
friendly
D．happy
and
co?operative
解析：选A。由“...and
the
teachers
have
now
accepted
the
idea
that
the
important
thing
is
to
make
the
children
happy
and
interested.”一句可知，美国的小学教育是要使学生快乐并培养他们对知识的兴趣。
2．Some
Americans
complain
about
elementary
schools
because
they
think
________.
A．children
are
reluctant
to
help
each
other
B．schools
lay
too
much
emphasis
on
co?operation
C．children
should
grow
up
with
competitive
ideas
D．schools
give
little
actual
instruction
to
children
解析：选D。从“...many
people
now
think
that
they
have
gone
too
far
in
the
direction
of
trying
to
make
children
happy
and
interested
rather
than
giving
them
actual
instruction.”可知答案。
3．The
American
educational
system
emphasizes
________.
A．material
wealth
B．competition
C．cooperation
D．personal
benefit
解析：选C。从“So
the
emphasis
is
on
co?operation
rather
than
competition...”可知，美国的教育强调合作。
4．The
word
“sociable”
most
probably
means
________.
A．fond
of
talking
freely
B．friendly
with
other
people
C．concerned
about
social
welfare
(福利)
D．happy
at
school
解析：选B。sociable出现了两次，第二次出现时后面紧跟着的是“and
ready
to
help
one
another...”，由此可推知sociable是与乐于助人相类似的品质。Ⅰ.品句填词
1．The
girls
come
from
a
____________(多样性)
of
different
backgrounds.
答案：variety
2．The
law
____________(保证)
equal
rights
for
men
and
women.
答案：guarantees
3．We
were
struggling
to
keep
our
____________(平衡)
as
the
boat
rolled.
答案：balance
4．Parents
should
teach
their
children
to
behave
____________(恰当地)
in
public.
答案：properly
5．Everyone
should
____________(贡献)
what
he
or
she
can
afford.
答案：contribute
6．I
asked
for
an
____________(额外的)two
weeks
to
finish
the
work.
答案：extra
7．His
brain
seems
to
be
____________
(起作用)normally.
答案：functioning
8．Alex’s
real
problem
is
that
he
____________
(缺乏)confidence.
答案：lacks
9．Students
have
to
reach
a
certain
____________
(水平)or
they
won’t
pass.
答案：standard
10．There
are
plenty
of
jobs
____________
(可得到的)in
the
area.
答案：available
Ⅱ.选词填空
be
lacking
in;
contribute
to;
as
long
as;
depend
on;
cut
out
1．I
think
you’re
the
only
person
I
can
____________.
答案：depend
on
2．No
one
said
that
he
____________
courage.
答案：was
lacking
in
3．____________
it
doesn’t
rain,
we
will
go
out
for
dinner.
答案：As
long
as
4．An
electronical
problem
may
have
____________
the
crash.
答案：contributed
to
5．You
can
____________
the
unimportant
details
when
retelling
the
story.
答案：cut
out
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．________is
estimated
that
25
million
school
lunches
are
sold
each
day.
A．It
B．That
C．This
D．As
解析：选A。that引导的从句是真正的主语，it充当形式主语。
2．All
of
the
ski
resorts
are________from
the
hotel
via
free
public
transportation.
A．accessible
B．available
C．present
D．probable
解析：选A。考查形容词词义辨析，accessible“可到达的”符合题意。
3．I’m________a
diet,
since
I
put________weight
easily.
A．in;
on
B．on;
in
C．in;
in
D．on;
on
解析：选D。be
on
a
diet节食；put
on
weight增重。
4．He
was
in
hospital
for
six
months.
He
felt
as
if
he
was__________from
the
outside
world.
A．cut
out
B．cut
off
C．cut
up
D．cut
through
解析：选B。句意为：他住院6个月，他感觉好像他与世隔绝了。cut
off“隔绝，切断”。
5．Eating
too
much
fat
can________heart
disease
and
cause
high
blood
pressure.
A．result
from
B．contribute
to
C．attend
to
D．devote
to
解析：选B。contribute
to促成，导致；result
from因为；attend
to照顾，照料；devote
to专心于。
6．I’m
planning
to
hold
a
party
in
the
open
air,
but
I
can
make
no
guarantees
because
it________the
weather.
A．decides
on
B．depends
on
C．gets
on
D．concentrates
on
解析：选B。句意：我打算举行一个露天舞会，但是我不能保证因为这取决于天气。
7．Can
you________me
a
job
when
I
get
there?
You
know,
I
have
to
work
in
order
to
pay
for
my
schooling.
A．provide
B．guarantee
C．supply
D．make
sure
解析：选B。guarantee
sb.sth.向某人保证某事。
8．Though________money,
his
parents
managed
to
send
him
to
university.
A．lacked
B．lacking
of
C．lacking
D．lacked
in
解析：选C。考查分词作状语。his
parents与lack之间为主谓关系，所以用现在分词作状语，lack作动词时不与of搭配，所以选C。
9．In
education
there
should
be
a
good________among
the
branches
of
knowledge
that
contribute
to
effective
thinking
and
wise
judgement.
A．method
B．balance
C．system
D．design
解析：选B。balance平衡；method方法；system制度，体系；design设计，根据句意选B。
10．—Our
holiday
cost
a
lot
of
money.
—Did
it?
Well,
that
doesn’t
matter________you
enjoyed
yourself.
A．as
long
as
B．unless
C．as
soon
as
D．though
解析：选A。句意：“我们假期花了很多钱。”“是吗？只要你们玩得开心，那也就没有关系了。”as
long
as只要；unless除非；as
soon
as一……就……；though尽管。根据句意可知此处as
long
as引导条件状语从句，符合句意。
Ⅳ.阅读理解
Scientists
are
increasingly
warning
that
sitting
for
long
periods—even
if
you
also
exercise
regularly—could
be
bad
for
your
health.
And
it
doesn’t
matter
where
the
sitting
takes
place—at
the
office,
at
school,
in
the
car
or
before
a
computer
or
TV—just
the
overall
number
of
hours
it
occurs.
Several
studies
suggest
people
who
spend
most
of
their
days
sitting
are
more
likely
to
be
fat,
have
a
heart
attack
or
even
die.
While
health
officials
have
issued
guidelines
recommending
minimum
amounts
of
physical
activity,
they
haven’t
suggested
people
try
to
limit
how
much
time
they
spend
in
a
seated
position.
“After
four
hours
of
sitting,
the
body
starts
to
send
harmful
signals，”
said
Ekblom?Bak
of
the
Swedish
School
of
Sport
and
Health
Sciences.
She
explained
that
genes
regulating(调节)the
amount
of
glucose(葡萄糖)
and
fat
in
the
body
start
to
shut
down.
Even
for
people
who
exercise,
spending
long
periods
of
time
sitting
at
a
desk
is
still
harmful.
Tim
Armstrong,
a
physical
activity
expert
at
the
World
Health
Organization,
said
people
who
exercise
every
day—but
still
spend
a
lot
of
time
sitting—might
get
more
benefit
if
that
exercise
was
spread
across
the
day,
rather
than
in
a
single
bout(一回)．
Still,
in
a
study
published
last
year
that
tracked
more
than
17,
000
Canadians
for
about
a
dozen
years,
researchers
found
people
who
sat
more
had
a
higher
death
risk,
whether
or
not
they
exercised.
Experts
said
more
research
is
needed
to
figure
out
just
how
much
sitting
is
dangerous,
and
what
might
be
possible
to
offset
those
effects.
“People
should
keep
exercising
because
that
has
a
lot
of
benefits，”
Ekblom?Bak
said.
“But
when
they’re
in
the
office,
they
should
try
to
interrupt
sitting
as
often
as
possible，”
she
said.
1．What
is
the
best
title
for
the
text?
A．Not
Sitting
Too
Much
While
Working
B．How
to
Avoid
Sitting
Too
Much
C．Sitting
Too
Much
Could
Be
Deadly
D．More
and
More
People
Sit
Too
Much
解析：选C。主旨大意题。文章首先提出最新研究的发现，即久坐会致命。之后围绕该主题对研究进行介绍，并对此研究的发现进行分析。由此判断正确答案选C。其他选项仅是文中细节，不能概括全文内容。
2．According
to
the
research，________.
A．the
more
time
you
spend
in
exercising
in
a
single
bout,
the
healthier
you
will
be
B．those
who
often
sit
too
much
are
sure
to
grow
fat
or
suffer
from
a
heart
attack
C．regular
exercise
is
effective
to
get
rid
of
the
side
effects
of
sitting
too
much
D．you
had
better
not
sit
for
more
than
four
hours
in
a
single
bout
解析：选D。细节理解题。根据第三段After
four
hours
of
sitting,
the
body
starts
to
send
harmful
signals可推断选D。
3．How
does
the
danger
of
sitting
too
much
affect
the
human
body?
A.
It
results
in
a
higher
death
risk.
B．It
increases
glucose
and
fat
in
the
body.
C．It
makes
a
person
unable
to
exercise
long
enough
in
a
day.
D．It
causes
the
genes
to
fail
to
balance
the
glucose
and
fat
in
the
body.
解析：选D。细节理解题。根据第三段She
explained
that
genes
regulating(调节)the
amount
of
glucose(葡萄糖)and
fat
in
the
body
start
to
shut
down.可知“坐了四个小时后，身体会开始发出有害信号，此时调节体内葡萄糖和脂肪量的基因会开始罢工，即会导致体内葡萄糖和脂肪量失去平衡。”故选D。
4．The
underlined
word
“offset”
in
Paragraph
6
most
probably
means________.
A．improve
B．avoid
C．enjoy
D．reach
解析：选B。词义猜测题。最后一段中艾克布洛姆·巴克的讲话是对what
might
be
possible
to
offset
those
effects进行举例说明。而艾克布洛姆·巴克的讲话内容是如何避免久坐的消极影响，由此可判断选B。
Ⅴ.短文改错
If
you
park
your
car
in
a
wrong
place,
traffic1.____________________
policeman
will
soon
find
it.
You
will
be
very
unlucky2.____________________
if
he
lets
me
go
without
a
ticket.
But
this
does
not3._____________
_______
always
happen.
Traffic
police
is
sometimes
very4.____________________
polite.
During
a
holiday
in
Sweden,
I
find
this5.____________________
note
in
my
car,
“Sir,
we
welcome
you
to
our
city.6.____________________
This
is
a
‘No
Parking’
area.
You
will
enjoy
you
your7.____________________
stay
here
whether
you
pay
attention
to
our
street
signs.8._
___________________
This
note
is
simple
a
reminder.
If
you
receive
a9.____________________
request
like
this,
you
can
fail
to
obey
it！10.____________________
答案：1.traffic前加a 2.unlucky→lucky 3.me→you 4.is→are 5.find→found 6.in→on 7.去掉you 8.whether→if 9.simple→simply 10.can→can’t/can后加not或never单元综合测试(一)
一、听力(共三节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
请听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What
color
does
the
woman
like?
A．Yellow.
B．White. C．Light
blue.
2．How
does
the
man
go
to
church
today?
A．By
car.
B．By
bike.
C．By
bus.
3．What’s
the
weather
like
tomorrow?
A．Fine.
B．Rainy.
C．Snowy.
4．What
do
you
think
of
the
man’s
cat?
A．It
was
clever.
B．It
was
foolish.
C．It
was
the
same
as
the
other
cats.
5．Where
do
you
think
this
conversation
most
probably
take
place?
A．At
a
restaurant.
B．In
a
hotel.
C．At
an
airport.
第二节(共12小题；每小题1.5分，满分18分)
请听下面4段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C
三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
请听第6段材料，回答第6至第8题。
6．What
classes
has
the
woman
had?
A．English
and
history.
B．Chemistry
and
English.
C．History
and
chemistry.
7．What
are
the
speakers?
A．Two
teachers.
B．Two
new
college
students.
C．One
teacher
and
one
student.
8．Which
class
is
the
smallest?
A．English.
B．History.
C．Chemistry.
请听第7段材料，回答第9至11题。
9．Why
does
the
man
want
to
have
a
word
with
the
woman?
A．He
has
been
kept
waiting
for
a
long
time.
B．He
wants
to
complain
about
the
food.
C．He
wants
to
pay
the
bill.
10．What
do
we
learn
about
the
restaurant?
A．It
must
be
a
new
one.
B．It
offers
bad
service.
C．It
needs
more
waiters.
11．What
would
have
happened
if
the
head
waitress
had
known
about
his
situation?
A．She
would
have
brought
another
drink.
B．She
would
have
served
him
much
earlier.
C．She
would
have
turned
to
her
boss
for
help.
请听第8段材料，回答第12至14题。
12．What
is
wrong
with
the
woman?
A．She
is
too
nervous.
B．She
has
a
headache.
C．She
is
seriously
sick.
13．What
probably
caused
the
woman’s
problem?
A．She
changed
her
job.
B．She
moved.
C．She
overworked.
14．What
did
the
doctor
suggest
the
woman
doing?
A．Having
a
good
rest.
B．Keeping
a
dog
as
a
pet.
C．Taking
some
medicine.
请听第9段材料，回答第15至17题。
15．What
is
the
relationship
between
the
speakers?
A．Teacher
and
student.
B．Classmates.
C．Office?mates.
16．What
is
Bill
like?
A．He
is
very
tall.
B．He
has
a
big
nose.
C．He
is
a
good
guy.
17．What
does
the
man
call
the
woman
for?
A．He
asks
her
to
come
to
celebrate
for
Bill.
B．He
wants
her
to
come
to
work
that
day.
C．He
wants
her
to
attend
a
birthday
party.
第三节(共3小题；每小题1.5分，满分4.5分)
请听下面一段独白，用所听到的独白中的词或数填空，每空限填一个词或一个数。在听本段独白前，你将有时间阅读各小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。本段独白读两遍。
请听第10段材料，回答第18至20题。
Captain
Cook
A
famous
British
18.________and
explorer.
Put
Australia
on
the
map.
An
unusualanimal
Had
a
long
tail
and
jumped
along
on
its
large
legs.
Carried
its
young
in
a
special
pocket
of19.________.
Kang?a?roo
I
don’t
know
what
you
are
pointing
at.
It
is
still
in
20.________today.
Difficult
Words
and
Phrases
look
into调查，研究 mathematics计算，运算；数学
tense精神紧张的
navigator领航员，航海者
Text
1
M：Your
yellow
and
white
skirt
looks
nice!
W：Thanks.But
I
prefer
light
blue.
Text
2
W：Why
are
you
riding
your
bike
to
church
today？You
always
drive
your
car
to
work.
M：Yes.But
my
car
was
stolen
last
night
and
now
the
police
are
looking
into
it.
Text
3
M：What
will
the
weather
be
like
tomorrow?
W：A
cold
wave
has
developed
and
is
heading
toward
us.It
will
bring
strong
winds
which
in
turn
will
rapidly
clear
the
skies
in
the
morning.
Text
4
M：My
cat
can
do
mathematics.
W：How
does
he
do
that?
M：Like
this.Last
Sunday
I
said
to
him，“What
is
3
minus
3，please？”
He
said
nothing.
Text
5
W：How
soon
do
I
have
to
leave
my
room?
M：Normally
it’s
by
12
noon
on
the
day
of
your
departure.
W：Well，you
see，my
plane
doesn’t
go
till
half
past
five
tomorrow
afternoon.
M：Ah
yes，Mrs.Brown.You
may
keep
the
room
till
3∶00
p．m.if
you
wish.
Text
6
M：Hi，Jenny！How
do
you
like
the
university?
W：Hello，Bob！I
like
it
very
much.
M：Have
you
started
your
classes
yet?
W：I
have
been
to
two
lectures，chemistry
and
history.
M：Well，how
were
they?
W：They
were
very
large.I’m
not
used
to
300
students
in
a
class.
M：My
lectures
have
been
large
too.
W：Have
you
been
to
your
English
class
yet?
M：Yes.It
was
quite
small.There
were
only
about
20
students
in
it.
W：My
classes
are
so
far
apart.I
have
to
go.Otherwise
I’ll
be
late.
Text
7
M：Head
waitress！I
want
to
have
a
word
with
you.
W：Yes，Sir.Is
there
anything
else
you’d
like
to
have，Sir?
M：Anything
else？We
have
been
kept
waiting
here
for
almost
an
hour
for
the
meal!
W：I’m
terribly
sorry
about
that，Sir.There
might
be
something
wrong.You
see，we’re
short
of
help
today.I’ll
see
to
it
at
once.Would
you
like
to
have
a
drink
while
waiting?
M：Well，another
martini.
W：Yes，Sir.Here
you
are.I’ll
be
back
in
a
minute...Here
are
the
dishes
you
ordered，Sir.
M：Thank
you.
W：I’m
very
sorry
to
have
kept
you
waiting.I
wish
I
could
have
known
earlier.
M：That’s
all
right.
W：Thank
you
for
your
understanding.I
assure
you
it
won’t
happen
again.
Text
8
W：I
had
an
appointment
with
the
doctor
the
other
day.She
told
me
that
I’m
too
tense.
M：Really?
W：Yes.She
said
I
need
to
relax
more
and
start
taking
it
easy.
M：Well，you
don’t
want
that.What
do
you
think
is
causing
it?
W：I
think
it’s
because
I
changed
my
job.You
know，when
you
start
a
new
job，you
have
to
learn
so
much.I
think
that’s
the
main
cause
of
the
problem.
M：Did
the
doctor
give
you
any
medicine
or
anything?
W：No.She
said
to
get
a
pet，preferably
a
dog.Taking
care
of
it
will
take
my
mind
off
things.So
I’m
going
to
have
a
try.
Text
9
W：Hello.
M：Hello.May
I
speak
to
Mary，Please?
W：Hello.This
is
Mary
speaking.Who
is
that?
M：Hi！This
is
Kent，your
office?mate.Why
didn’t
you
come
in
this
morning?
W：Oh，I
am
sorry.We
had
birthday
party
for
my
son
David
last
night.As
a
matter
of
fact
I
woke
up
too
late
because
of
being
drunk
this
morning.
M：That’s
too
bad.You
have
to
be
more
careful
next
time.
W：I
will.Anything
new
at
the
office?
M：No，nothing
special.Oh，yes，you
know
Bill，the
guy
with
the
big
nose.His
wife
had
a
baby
girl
last
night
and
he
passed
out
eggs
to
everyone
today.He
said
his
wife
and
daughter
are
doing
fine.
W：That’s
wonderful！We’ve
got
to
celebrate
for
him!
M：Yes，we
have
to.Do
you
think
you
can
make
it
this
evening?
W：Sure.I
ought
to
be
ready
for
some
more
drinks
by
then.Thank
you
for
calling.
M：You’re
welcome.Bye.
Text
10
M：Now，here’s
a
story
about
Captain
Cook.He
is
a
famous
British
navigator
and
explorer.And
he
is
the
man
who
put
Australia
on
the
map.In
the
early
18th
century，Captain
Cook
saw
an
unusual
animal
eating
grass
in
the
distance
during
his
first
visit
to
Australia.The
animal
had
a
long
tail
and
jumped
along
on
its
large
legs.To
his
great
surprise，the
unusual
animal
carried
its
young
in
a
special
pocket
of
flesh.Captain
Cook
pointed
at
the
animal
and
asked
a
native
guide
what
the
animal
was.But
the
guide
seemed
not
to
know
what
he
was
pointing
at
and
finally
said
“Kang?a?roo”．When
Captain
Cook
asked
the
native
people
about
the
unusual
animal
using
the
name
“Kang?a?roo”，they
looked
puzzled.Later，Captain
Cook
discovered
what
the
native
guide
really
meant
by
saying
“Kang?a?roo”
and
laughed.In
fact，“Kang?a?roo”
refers
to
“I
don’t
know
what
you
are
pointing
at.”
Funny
enough，the
name
“Kang?a?roo”
is
still
in
use
today.
答案：1～5.CBACB 6～10.CBAAC 11～15.BAABC
16～17.BA 18.navigator 19.flesh 20.use
二、英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节 单项填空(共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分)
请从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
单元综合测试(一)21.If
we
sit
near
________
front
of
the
bus，we’ll
have
________
better
view.
A．不填；the
B．不填；a
C．the；a
D．the；the
解析：选C。句意：如果我们坐在汽车的前部，我们会有一个更好的视野。the
front
of“……的前部”(指某一范围内的前部)。
22．Students
should
be
able
to
think
for
themselves
________
just
obeying
teachers.
A．in
case
of
B．besides
C．except
D
instead
of
解析：选D。句意：学生们应该学会独立思考，而不能只是服从老师。in
case
倘若，假设，万一；besides此外；except除……以外；instead
of代替，而不是。
23．It
is
what
the
students
do
in
their
spare
time
that
really
________
them
to
take
their
place
in
society
when
they
grow
up.
A．devotes
B．prepares
C．continues
D．advises
解析：选B。考查动词辨析。prepare
sb.to
do
sth.“使某人为某事做好准备”。根据句意选B。
24．The
teacher
called
Tom
to
his
office
because
he
was
caught
________
in
the
exam.
A．to
cheat
B．cheating
C．cheated
D．cheat
解析：选B。句意：因为汤姆被发现在考试中作弊，所以老师把他叫到办公室。catch
sb.doing
sth.为固定用法，意为“某人做某事被抓个正着”。
25．Premier
Wen’s
three?day
visit
to
Japan，________
as
the
“ice?melt”
trip，has
a
positive
effect
on
Sino?Japanese
relationship.
A．being
intended
B．intended
C．having
intended
D．intending
解析：选B。句意：温总理对日本的三天访问，原计划就是作为“破冰之旅”，现在对中日关系起了积极的作用。be
intended
as
作为……而被设计/制作；be
intended
for
sb.某物专为某人设计/制作/所做；intended是过去分词作定语，相当于定语从句
which
was
intended。
26．In
order
to
change
attitudes
________
employing
women，the
government
is
bringing
in
new
laws.
A．of
B．about
C．on
D．towards
解析：选D。attitude意为“态度，看法”，其后可接介词to或towards。
27．The
police
________
the
prisoner
to
see
if
he
had
a
gun.
A．searched
for
B．searched
C．was
in
search
of
D．was
in
their
search
of
解析：选B。search
sb.“搜某人的身”。句意：警察对犯人搜身看看他是否有枪。
28．I’d
like
to
take
________
of
this
opportunity
to
thank
you
for
your
cooperation.
A．profit
B．benefit
C．advantage
D．interest
解析：选C。考查名词词义辨析。句意：我想利用这次机会感谢你们的合作。take
advantage
of利用。
29.
________
in
thought，he
didn’t
notice
me
when
I
came
into
his
room.
A．Burying
B．Buried
C．Put
himself
D．To
be
set
解析：选B。考查词义搭配。buried
in
thought分词短语作状语。句意：由于陷入了沉思，他没有注意到我进了他的房间。
30．—You
seem
to
show
interest
in
cooking?
—What?
________，I’m
getting
tired
of
it.
A．On
the
contrary
B．To
the
contrary
C．On
the
other
hand
D．To
the
other
hand
解析：选A。on
the
contrary与此相反；on
the
other
hand另一方面。根据句意可知选项A符合题意。D项搭配不对。
31．Turn
that
music
down，it’s
driving
me
________.
A．crazily
B．craziness
C．crazy
D．sad
解析：选C。句意：把音乐音量调小点，它使我快要发疯了。crazy疯狂的；A和B分别是副词和名词；drive
sb.crazy使某人发疯。
32．They
are
good
friends.It
is
no
________
that
they
always
help
each
other.
A．wonder
B．doubt
C．way
D．idea
解析：选A。考查名词辨析。句意：他们是好朋友。怪不得他们总是互相帮助呢。(It
is)no
wonder
(that)．..表示“怪不得……”，符合句意。
33．The
doctor
thought
________
would
be
good
for
you
to
have
a
holiday.
A．this
B．that
C．one
D．it
解析：选D。句意：医生认为去度假对你有好处。it在句中作形式主语，真正的主语是to
have
a
holiday。this，that，one都不可用作形式主语。
34．This
restaurant
has
become
popular
for
its
wide
________
of
foods
that
suit
all
tastes
and
pockets.
A．division
B．area
C．range
D．circle
解析：选C。句意：这家餐馆因其各种各样适合所有人口味及腰包的食品而深受大家的喜爱。division“分离；部门；分歧”；area“领地；地区”；range“批，组，类，范围”，a
wide
range
of
sth.“各种各样的……”；circle“圆形；圈子”。根据句意及词义可知，range
符合语境。
35．Tom
was
about
to
close
the
window
________
his
attention
was
caught
by
a
bird.
A．when
B．if
C．and
D．till
解析：选A。句意：汤姆刚要关窗，这时他的注意力被一只鸟吸引。sb.be
about
to
do
sth.when...是一个固定句式，表示“某人正要做……这时……”。
第二节 完形填空(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
请阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36～55各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
I
was
still
shy
in
the
presence
of
a
crowd.And
my
first
day
at
the
new
__36__
made
me
a
laughing
stock(笑柄)
of
the
class.I
was
sent
to
the
blackboard
to
write
my
__37__.I
knew
my
name，and
knew
how
to
write
it.But
standing
at
the
blackboard
with
the
__38__
of
so
many
pupils
on
my
back
made
me
__39__
and
I
was
unable
to
write
a
single
letter.
“Write
your
name，”
the
teacher
called
to
me.I
__40__
the
white
chalk
and，as
I
was
about
to
write，my
mind
went
blank(空白)
；I
could
not
remember
my
name，__41__
the
first
letter.
Pupils
laughed
and
I
became
__42__.“Just
forget
us
and
write
your
name，”
the
teacher
called
and
walked
to
my
side，__43__
at
me
to
give
me
confidence.
“What’s
your
name？”
she
asked.“Richard，”I
__44__.“Then
write
it.”
I
turned
to
the
blackboard
and
lifted
my
hand
to
write，but
then
I
was
__45__
again.I
tried
to
__46__
myself
but
I
could
remember
nothing.I
realized
how
totally
I
was
__47__
and
I
grew
weak
and
leaned(倚靠)
my
hot
forehead
__48__
the
cold
blackboard.The
room
burst
into
a
loud
__49__
and
my
muscles
froze.I
sat
and
__50__
myself.Why
did
I
always
appear
so
foolish
__51__
I
was
called
to
perform
before
a
crowd？I
knew
how
to
write
as
well
as
any
other
pupil
in
the
classroom，and
there
was
no
__52__
I
could
read
better
than
any
of
them，and
I
could
talk
__53__
when
I
was
sure
of
myself.Then
why
did
strange
__54__
make
me
freeze?
I
sat
with
my
ears
and
neck
__55__，hearing
the
pupils
around
me
whisper，hating
myself.
【解题导语】 本文主要描述了作者童年时一次尴尬的经历，表达了作者的悔恨之情。
36．A.school
B．house
C．office
D．lab
解析：选A。由文章的后续介绍可知A项切题。
37．A.address
B．name
C．website
D．hobby
解析：选B。由“I
knew
my
name，and
knew
how
to
write
it.”可知B项切题。
38．A.presence
B．pressure
C．eyes
D．smiles
解析：选C。作者面朝黑板，所以同学们的眼睛盯着作者的后背。
39．A.freeze
B．struggle
C．fall
D．think
解析：选A。众目睽睽之下，作者站在黑板前，整个人都僵住了，甚至连一个字母都写不出来。
40．A.took
B．picked
C．carried
D．lifted
解析：选D。lift表示“拿起”，有“从低处到高处”之意，符合语境。take带走，拿；pick作“拿起，捡起”解时，常与up搭配；carry携带。
41．A.still
B．ever
C．even
D．also
解析：选C。……我记不起我的名字了，“甚至”连第一个字母都想不起来了。
42．A.delighted
B．nervous
C．disappointed
D．angry
解析：选B。同学们大笑起来，我开始“紧张”了。delighted高兴的；nervous紧张的；disappointed失望的；angry生气的。
43．A.pointing
B．looking
C．smiling
D．waving
解析：选C。老师大声说道并走到我旁边，朝我“微笑”着，给我信心。现在分词短语smiling...作状语。
44．A.whispered
B．explained
C．shouted
D．nodded
解析：选A。由语境可知whisper(低声说)更贴切。
45．A.empty
B．stupid
C．quiet
D．blank
解析：选D。blank与上文的my
mind
went
blank相照应。
46．A.form
B．collect
C．make
D．catch
解析：选B。我试图冷静下来，但什么也记不起来。collect
oneself冷静下来。
47．A.fighting
B．feeling
C．failing
D．beating
解析：选C。我意识到自己是多么的“失败”呀……。
48．A.by
B．before
C．from
D．against
解析：选D。lean
against表示“靠”。
49．A.laughter
B．noise
C．cry
D．cheer
解析：选A。根据上文可知，同学们大笑起来。
50．A.calmed
B．hid
C．comforted
D．blamed
解析：选D。我坐下来并责怪自己。calm使镇定；hide
隐藏；comfort安慰。
51．A.where
B．that
C．when
D．as
解析：选C。when在此引导时间状语从句。
52．A.need
B．doubt
C．wonder
D．use
解析：选B。……并且毫无疑问我可以比其他任何一个人读得好。
53．A.happily
B．anxiously
C．quickly
D．freely
解析：选D。……并且当我对自己有信心时，我说话也很轻松自如。
54．A.faces
B．teachers
C．places
D．classrooms
解析：选A。那么为什么陌生的面孔总让我手足无措呢？
55．A.shaking
B．suffering
C．burning
D．hurting
解析：选C。我坐在那里耳朵和脖子火辣辣的……。
三、阅读理解(共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分)
请阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
GONE
WITH
THE
WIND
Author:
Margaret
Mitchell
￥25
(in
bookstores) ￥18
(online)
Gone
With
the
Wind
is
a
best?seller，which
tells
a
story
that
happened
in
the
American
Civil
War.Scarlett
is
a
woman
in
the
story
who
is
full
of
energy.She
is
strong
and
saves
her
family
but
is
very
selfish
(自私的)
at
the
same
time.
A
LITTLE
PRINCESS
Author:
Frances
Hodgson
Burnett
￥18.3
(
online)
Motherless
Sara
Crewe
was
sent
home
from
India
to
school
at
Miss
Minchin’s.Her
father
was
very
rich
and
she
lived
a
rich
and
comfortable
life.Then
her
father
died
and
Sara
lost
everything.She
had
to
learn
to
do
with
her
changed
life.Her
strong
character
made
her
able
to
fight
successfully
against
her
poverty(贫穷)
and
the
scorn(嘲笑)
of
her
fellows.It’
s
an
excellent
book
with
4
tapes
for
children.
PETER
PAN
Author:
J．M
Barrie
￥15
(
in
bookstores)
￥12
(
online)
It
is
a
children’s
story
full
of
imagination
and
adventures，which
is
about
Wendy，John，and
Michael
Darling’s
adventures
in
Never?Never
Land
with
Peter
Pan，the
boy
who
would
not
grow
up.The
children
are
happy
and
lovely.(with
2
tapes)
UNCLE
TOM’S
CABIN
Author:
Harriet
Beecher
Stowe
￥20
(
in
bookstores)
The
most
famous
novel
in
American
history，Uncle
Tom’s
Cabin
talks
about
the
struggle
between
free
states
and
slave
states
during
the
American
Civil
War
and
is
as
powerful
today
as
when
it
first
came
out
150
years
ago.
THE
SECRET
GARDEN
Author:
Frances
Hodgson
Burnett
￥35
(in
bookstores) ￥30(
online)
Mary
Lennox，a
sickly
orphan(孤儿)，finds
herself
in
her
uncle’s
dark
house.Why
are
so
many
rooms
locked?
Why
is
one
of
the
gardens
locked?
And
what
is
that
cry
she
hears
at
night?
Through
the
power
of
hope，friendship
and
the
magic(魔法)
of
nature，the
brave
girl
brings
the
house
and
a
long?lost
garden
back
to
life.
【解题导语】 文章主要介绍了《飘》《小公主》《彼得潘》《汤姆叔叔的小屋》和《秘密花园》这五本小说的主要内容和价格。
56．All
of
the
following
books
have
children
as
their
main
characters
except
________
A．PETER
PAN
B．GONE
WITH
THE
WIND
C．A
LITTLE
PRINCESS
D．THE
SECRET
GARDEN
解析：选B。细节理解题。由针对
GONE
WITH
THE
WIND
一书的介绍可知，该书的主人公是一位女士，并非孩子。
57．We
know
from
the
passage
that
________.
A．there
are
only
three
books
with
tapes
B．we
can
buy
5
kinds
of
the
above
books
in
bookstores
C．two
of
the
above
books
are
written
by
Frances
Hodgson
Burnett
D．THE
SECRET
GARDEN
is
￥5
cheaper
in
bookstores
than
online
解析：选C。细节理解题。将选项与原文对照可知C项切题。
58．Mary
brings
the
house
and
a
long?lost
garden
back
to
life
with
the
help
of
________.
a．the
power
of
hope
b．friendship
c．her
uncle
d．nature’
s
magic
A．abc
B．acd
C．bcd
D．abd
解析：选D。细节理解题。根据“Through
the
power
of
hope，friendship
and
the
magic(魔法)of
nature，the
brave
girl
brings
the
house
and
a
long?lost
garden
back
to
life.”可知D项切题。
59．Which
of
the
following
about
the
books
is
mentioned
in
this
passage?
A．What
Sara
did
to
help
her
fellows.
B．Why
Peter
Pan
wouldn’t
grow
up.
C．What
kind
of
woman
Scarlett
is.
D．How
Mary
Lennox
came
into
her
uncle’s
house.
解析：选C。细节理解题。将选项与文中针对各书的介绍对比可知C项切题。
B
At
Harton
College—an
English
boarding
school
for
boys，there
are
many
rules.Fifteen?year?old
Bob
Sanders
often
breaks
them.
The
boys
can
go
into
the
town
in
the
afternoon
after
class.But
they
must
return
to
the
school
at
six
o’
clock.One
afternoon
Bob
walked
to
the
town.He
looked
at
the
shops
and
then
went
to
the
cinema.After
the
film，he
looked
at
his
watch.It
was
already
eight
o’clock.He
was
a
little
worried.He
walked
back
to
Harton
College
as
fast
as
possible.
When
he
arrived，he
ran
quickly
to
the
main
entrance.It
was
locked.He
went
round
the
school
building
to
another
door.That
one
was
locked，too.He
looked
up
at
the
window
of
his
dormitory.It
was
on
the
third
floor.The
window
was
open.But
it
was
quite
dark
and
he
could
not
climb
up
the
high
wall.Then
he
saw
another
open
window
on
the
ground
floor.It
was
the
window
of
the
headmaster’s
study.
He
looked
into
the
room—no
one
was
there.Bob
quickly
climbed
on
to
the
window
sill(窗台)
and
jumped
into
the
room.Just
then
he
heard
a
noise.Then
someone
turned
on
a
light
in
the
corridor(走廊)．Bob
looked
around
and
then
hid
under
the
sofa.One
minute
later，Mr.Mannering，the
headmaster，came
in.He
turned
on
the
light
on
his
desk，and
sat
down
on
the
sofa.Then
he
opened
a
book
and
began
to
read.Bob
stayed
under
the
sofa
as
quietly
as
possible.He
couldn’t
move.The
floor
was
cold
and
uncomfortable.He
looked
at
the
headmaster’s
shoes
and
socks
for
an
hour.
“Why
doesn’t
he
get
up
and
go
to
bed？”
Bob
thought.
Mr.Mannering
read
his
book
for
another
hour.Finally，the
headmaster
closed
his
book
and
stood
up.He
put
the
book
on
a
shelf
and
walked
towards
the
door.
“Thank
God，he
didn’t
find
me
under
the
sofa!
”thought
Bob.
Then
Mr.Mannering
stopped
and
spoke
towards
the
sofa.“
Would
you
turn
off
the
light
when
you
leave？”
He
said，and
left
the
study.
【解题导语】 本文是一篇记叙文。文章叙述了一件有趣的事：一天，在寄宿学校就读的男孩鲍勃在外面玩，回来之后发现学校已经锁了大门，他只好从一楼校长书房的窗户爬进去，没有料到……
60．Bob
returned
to
the
school
more
than
two
hours
late
because
________.
A．he
enjoyed
himself
too
much
B．he
did
not
catch
the
bus
C．he
hated
the
rules
D．he
ran
into
an
old
friend
解析：选A。细节理解题。文章交代，鲍勃进城逛商店，之后又去看电影，看完电影后发现已经八点了。
61．Bob
didn’t
go
to
his
dormitory
because
________.
A．the
gate
was
locked
B．the
window
was
shut
C．it
was
quite
dark
D．the
wall
was
too
high
for
him
to
climb
up
解析：选D。细节理解题。根据“But
it
was
quite
dark
and
he
could
not
climb
up
the
high
wall.”可知答案。
62．This
story
is
told
________.
A．to
warn
students
not
to
come
to
school
late
B．to
warn
students
not
to
climb
up
to
their
dormitories
C．for
fun
D．of
one
student’s
terrible
experience
解析：选C。推理判断题。从字里行间可以看出：作者讲这个故事，并没有什么特殊目的，仅仅是讲一个笑话。
63．From
this
passage
we
know
that
the
headmaster
is
________.
A．kind
B．strict
C．wise
D．humorous
解析：选D。根据校长所说的“Would
you
turn
off
the
light
when
you
leave？”可知他很幽默。
C
If
you
have
a
chance
to
go
to
school
in
America，you
should
keep
the
following
in
mind：
If
a
teacher
asks
you
a
question，you
are
expected
to
give
an
answer.If
you
do
not
understand
the
question，you
should
raise
your
hand
and
ask
the
teacher
to
repeat
the
question.It
is
all
right
to
tell
your
teacher
that
you
do
not
know
the
answer.Then
he
or
she
knows
what
you
need
to
learn.
There
is
no
excuse
for
not
doing
your
homework.If
you
are
absent，you
should
call
your
teacher
or
your
classmates
and
ask
for
the
homework.It
is
your
responsibility
to
find
out
what
homework
you
have
missed.
It
is
impolite
to
eat，drink
or
chew
gum
during
class.This
is
allowed
for
the
break.Removing
one’s
shoes
in
the
classroom
is
also
impolite.
You
must
not
be
absent
on
a
test
day.If
you
are
seriously
ill，you
must
call
and
let
the
teacher
know
you
will
not
be
there
for
the
test.If
your
teacher
allows
a
make?up
(补考)，you
should
take
it
within
one
or
two
days
after
returning
to
class.
It
is
rude
to
be
late.If
you
must
come
in
late，be
sure
to
do
it
quietly
by
having
your
books
and
papers
out
of
your
bag，then
go
to
your
seat
and
sit
very
quietly.In
the
US，it
is
not
necessary
to
knock
before
you
enter
the
classroom.Most
teachers
will
give
you
a
low
grade
if
you
are
often
late.
Copying
another
student’
s
test
or
paper
is
never
acceptable.It
is
called
cheating.Students
who
cheat
are
kicked
out
in
most
schools.
【解题导语】 本文是一篇说明文。作者向我们介绍了在美国上学时需要注意的几个方面的问题。
64．What
is
the
purpose
of
the
passage?
A．To
introduce
some
American
classroom
customs.
B．To
explain
how
to
communicate
with
others
in
America.
C．To
introduce
some
social
manners
in
America.
D．To
help
you
learn
more
about
American
culture.
解析：选A。主旨大意题。文章主要谈到课堂上回答问题、请假、课堂不当行为、考试等几个方面的问题，由此可见A项切题。
65．According
to
the
passage，which
of
the
following
is
considered
the
most
serious
fault?
A．Being
absent
from
a
test
without
a
reason.
B．Not
finishing
the
homework
on
time.
C．Cheating
in
exams.
D．Fighting
with
your
classmates.
解析：选C。推理判断题。根据最后一段可知，考试作弊能导致学生被开除这一结果，由此可推知C项切题。
66．According
to
the
passage，you
can
have
a
make?up
once
________.
A．you
have
paid
the
fee
for
the
make?up
B．you
have
got
the
agreement
of
the
teacher
C．there
is
a
test
two
days
after
the
former
one
D．you
happen
to
have
something
to
do
on
the
test
day
解析：选B。细节理解题。由“If
your
teacher
allows
a
make?up...”可知答案为B。
67．Which
of
the
following
statements
is
NOT
true?
A．If
you
miss
a
class，call
your
teacher
or
your
classmates
to
find
out
the
homework.
B．Teachers
in
the
US
don’t
like
students’
being
often
late.
C．Eating
and
drinking
during
the
break
is
considered
rude.
D．It
is
considered
rude
to
keep
silent
when
asked
a
question.
解析：选C。细节理解题。根据“It
is
impolite
to
eat，drink
or
chew
gum
during
class.This
is
allowed
for
the
break.”可知C项切题。
D
Everyone
can
hardly
manage
to
live
without
friendship.As
we
all
know，in
our
life，all
of
us
are
sure
to
meet
with
all
kinds
of
hardships，such
as
illness，accidents
and
other
disasters.If
we
have
no
friend
to
help
us
out
of
these
difficulties，we
can
hardly
make
a
fresh
start.Everyone
needs
support
in
feeling，yet
your
family
members
can’t
always
give
you
so
much
support
because
of
all
kinds
of
reasons.At
this
time
a
true
friend
is
very
important.When
you
have
made
great
progress
in
your
work，you
need
a
friend
to
share
your
pleasure.On
the
other
hand
when
you
suffer
a
terrible
loss
in
life，you
need
a
friend
to
listen
to
you
and
open
your
heart
to
him.Of
course，everyone
has
to
die，and
when
you
are
dying，how
you
wish
your
friend
to
understand
you
and
help
your
folks!
Since
friendship
is
so
important，we
should
try
to
make
some
true
friends.How
to
find
friends?
A
friend
should
first
be
true，pure，kind，friendly，enthusiastic
and
of
course
stress
feeling
and
like
to
help
others.If
you
can
find
a
person
with
the
same
belief
and
interest，it
is
surely
much
better.Remember
when
you
have
found
an
ideal
person
to
be
your
friend，it
doesn’t
mean
he
or
she
will
be
your
friend.You
should
open
your
heart，feeling
and
wish
to
him
or
her
to
gain
his
or
her
heart
and
feeling.When
you
have
got
a
good
friend，please
remember
that
friends
should
try
to
help
and
support
each
other.When
your
friend
has
done
something
which
doesn’t
satisfy
you
so
much，you
should
try
to
understand
him.When
your
friend
has
done
something
wrong
you
should
try
to
forgive
him.If
so，your
friend
will
be
deeply
thankful
to
you
for
your
forgiveness.Your
life
will
prove
your
most
valuable
possession
(财产)
is
your
friend.
【解题导语】 世界上，没有谁能脱离他人而孤立存在，生活告知我们朋友是人生中最值得珍惜的财富。
68．You
need
a
friend
when
you
face
________.
A．joys
B．sorrows
C．either
joys
or
sorrows
D．both
joys
and
sorrows
解析：选D。细节理解题。由第一段中的“When
you
have
made
great
progress...when
you
suffer
a
terrible...”可知D项切题。
69．What
kind
of
friend
is
the
best
friend?
A．The
friend
with
the
same
work
B．The
friend
with
the
same
amount
of
money
C．The
friend
with
the
same
belief
and
interest
D．The
friend
with
the
same
social
position
解析：C。细节理解题。由第二段中的“If
you
can
find
a
person
with
the
same
belief
and
interest，it
is
surely
much
better.”可知答案为C。
70．When
you
find
an
ideal
friend，you
should
open
your
________
to
him
or
her
to
gain
his
or
hers.
A．money
B．heart，feeling
and
wish
C．knowledge
D．wish
解析：选B。细节理解题。由第二段中的“You
should
open
your
heart，feeling
and
wish
to
him
or
her
to
gain
his
or
her
heart
and
feeling.”可知答案为B。
71．When
your
friend
has
done
something
which
is
not
so
suitable，you
should
try
to
________
him.
A．understand
and
forgive
B．discuss
with
C．fight
against
D．argue
with
解析：选A。细节理解题。由第二段中的“When
your
friend
has
done
something
which
doesn’t
satisfy
you
so
much，you
should
try
to
understand
him.When
your
friend
has
done
something
wrong
you
should
try
to
forgive
him.”可知答案为A。
E
Every
people
uses
its
own
special
word
to
show
its
ideas
and
feelings.Some
of
these
expressions
are
commonly
used
for
many
years.One
such
American
expression
is
“Where’s
the
beef？”
It
is
used
when
something
is
not
as
good
as
it
is
said
to
be.In
the
early
1980s
“Where’s
the
beef？”
was
one
of
the
most
popular
expressions
in
the
United
States.It
seemed
as
if
everyone
was
using
it
at
the
time.
Beef，of
course，is
the
meat
from
a
cow，and
no
food
is
more
popular
in
America
than
a
hamburger
made
of
beef.In
the
1960s
a
businessman
named
Ray
began
building
small
restaurants
that
sold
hamburgers
at
a
low
price.Ray
called
this“
McDonald’s”．Ray
became
one
of
the
richest
businessmen
at
last
in
America.
Other
business
people
watched
his
success.Some
of
them
opened
their
own
hamburger
restaurants.One
company
called
“Wendy’s”
said
its
hamburgers
were
bigger
than
those
sold
by
McDonald’s
or
anyone
else.Wendy’s
Company
began
to
use
the
expression“
Where’s
the
beef？”
to
make
people
know
that
Wendy’s
hamburgers
were
the
biggest.The
Wendy’s
television
advertisement
showed
three
old
women
eating
hamburgers.The
bread
that
covered
the
meat
was
very
big，but
inside
there
was
only
a
bit
of
meat.One
of
the
women
said
she
would
not
eat
a
hamburger
with
such
a
little
piece
of
beef.“Where’s
the
beef？”
she
shouted
in
a
funny
way.The
advertisement
for
Wendy’s
hamburger
restaurant
was
a
success.As
we
said，it
seemed
everyone
began
using
the
expression
“Where’s
the
beef？”
【解题导语】 本文主要讲述了一个习语的由来及含义。
72.
________
started
McDonald’s
restaurants.
A．Ray
B．McDonald
C．Wendy
D．Three
old
women
解析：选A。细节理解题。由第二段中的“In
the
1960s
a
businessman
named
Ray
began
building...Ray
called
this‘McDonald’s’，”可知A项切题。
73．Other
people
wanted
to
open
hamburger
restaurants
because
they
thought
________.
A．they
could
sell
hamburgers
at
a
low
price
B．hamburgers
were
easy
to
make
C．beef
was
very
popular
in
America
D．they
could
make
a
lot
of
money
解析：选D。推理判断题。由于Ray的成功，他成了富豪，其他商人也看到了商机，所以他们争相效仿，因为他们认为这样能赚大钱。
74．Wendy’s
made
the
expression
known
to
everybody
________.
A．with
many
old
women
eating
hamburgers
B．by
a
television
advertisement
C．while
selling
bread
with
a
bit
of
meat
in
it
D．at
the
McDonald’s
restaurant
解析：选B。细节理解题。根据文章内容可知“Where’s
the
beef？”是Wendy’s通过电视广告告知大众的。
75．We
can
learn
from
the
passage
that
the
expression“
Where’s
the
beef？”
means
________.
A．the
beef
in
hamburgers
is
not
as
much
as
it
is
said
to
be
B．the
hamburgers
are
not
as
good
as
they
are
said
to
be
C．it
is
used
when
something
is
not
as
good
as
it
is
said
to
be
D．Wendy’s
is
the
biggest
解析：选C。细节理解题。由文章第一段中的“It
is
used
when
something
is
not
as
good
as
it
is
said
to
be.”可知C项切题。
四、写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
以下标有题号的每一行均有一个错误，请找出，并按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下画一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
My
father
speaks
English
very
good，but
he
knows
76．______________
little
Japanese.He
went
to
Tokyo
in
November
11
77．______________
for
a
meeting.The
meeting
over
a
week
later.
78．______________
The
next
morning
he
went
to
a
park
and
then
79．______________
do
some
shopping.At
noon，he
was
very
much
hungry.
80．______________
He
went
to
a
nearest
restaurant
and
sat
down
at
81．______________
a
table.A
man
came
up
to
him
and
asked
that
he
82．______________
needed.He
said
he
would
like
noodles(条)，chickens
83．______________
and
some
fishes.He
spoke
to
the
man
in
English
84．______________
and
the
man
couldn’t
understand
him.My
father
had
85．______________
to
write
the
Japanese
words
to
get
the
food.
答案：76.good→well。well为副词，修饰动词speak。
77．in→on。表示具体的某一天应用介词on。
78．over前加was。over为副词，不能单独作谓语。
79
do→did。由语境可知此处当用一般过去时。
80．去掉much。much不修饰形容词原级。
81．a→the。此处表示特指。
82．that→what。what引导宾语从句，作”什么”解。
83．chickens→chicken。
84．fishes→fish。fish在此为不可数名词。
85．and→but。but在此表示转折关系。
第二节 书面表达(满分25分)
根据以下内容提示，写一篇描述刘老师的外貌、性格及工作情况的英语短文。
内容提示：
(1)年近40，中等身材，戴一副眼镜；
(2)性格开朗、待人亲切、精力充沛；
(3)自1996年参加工作以来，一贯负责、努力工作，多次受到表彰。他的课生动有趣；
(4)与学生关系融洽，但对学生要求严格，是学生的良师益友。
注意：
(1)内容须包括上述要点，不可逐条翻译；
(2)可适当增加细节，使行文连贯；
(3)词数在100左右。
【参考范文】
Our
Beloved
Teacher
Mr.Liu，nearly
40
years
old，is
moderate
in
height
and
wears
a
pair
of
glasses.
He
has
been
working
in
our
school
since
1996.Being
responsible
and
hard?working，he
has
been
praised
many
times.
Mr.Liu
is
outgoing
and
friendly
to
us，and
he
is
always
full
of
energy.He
has
the
special
ability
to
make
his
classes
lively
and
interesting
by
making
gestures，drawing
simple
pictures，and
so
on.
Though
strict
with
us，he
gets
on
very
well
with
us
students.He
always
encourages
us
to
study
hard
in
such
rapidly
developing
society.
With
Mr.Liu，a
good
teacher
as
well
as
a
nice
friend，teaching
us，we
all
make
great
progress.Ⅰ.品句填词
1．The
doctors
were
not
able
to
____________
(治疗)this
disease.
2．The
____________
(及时的)rain
after
a
long
time
of
drought
will
certainly
bring
on
the
crops.
3．His
views
are
____________
(相反的)to
mine.
4．How
much
is
she
____________
(准备)to
pay?
5．The
course
is
____________(为……设计)for
intermediate?level
students.
6．His
friend
is
a
man
of
____________
(崇高的)mind.
7．The
students
are
preparing
for
their
____________
(最后的)examinations.
8．Children
under
14
must
be
____________
(陪伴)by
an
adult.
9.
____________
(幸运地)，everything
worked
out
all
right
in
the
end.
10．Lifeguards
are
trained
to
deal
with
____________
(紧急事件)．
答案：1.treat 2.timely 3.contrary 4.prepared 5.intended 6.noble 7.final 8.accompanied 9.Fortunately 10.emergencies
Ⅱ.选词填空
1.
____________，there’s
been
no
word
from
them.
2．I
could
not
____________
for
a
long
time.
3．The
flowers
attract
____________
insects.
4．Could
you
lend
me
￡10
to
________
me
________
till
next
week?
5．The
country
has
____________
too
many
wars.
答案：1.So
far 2.fall
asleep 3.all
kinds
of 4.tide；over 5.gone
through
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．We’d
better
try
to
________
with
the
experiment，I
think.Now
let’s
________
with
it.
A．go
through；go
on
B．go
on；go
over
C．go
over；go
through
D．go
on；go
through
解析：选A。go
through
with
sth.意思是“做完，完成”；go
on
with是“继续”的意思。
2．It
is
not
a
serious
illness.I
guess
she
will
________
soon.
A．remove
B．recover
C．replace
D．reduce
解析：选B。句意：这不是一种很严重的疾病，我猜她很快就会康复的。recover“恢复；痊愈”，符合题意。remove“搬走”；replace“代替”；reduce“降低”。
3．Mary
told
me
she
________
a
teacher
in
1995.
A．was
B．is
C．had
been
D．has
been
解析：选A。直接引语中有具体的过去时间状语，变为间接引语时时态不变。
4．Don’t
worry.I’ve
________
a
car
to
pick
up
the
guests
at
the
station
at
6
o’clock.
A．arranged
B．arranged
for
C．prepared
D．prepared
for
解析：选B。arrange
for
a
car安排一辆汽车。
5．Hearing
that
there
was
nothing
serious
with
the
machine，he
smiled
________.
A．in
silence
B．in
return
C．in
total
D．in
relief
解析：选D。句意：听到机器没有严重的毛病，他轻松地笑了。in
silence“不出声地”；in
return“作为回报”；in
total“总共”；in
relief“如释重负地”。
6．—This
afternoon
let’s
go
to
a
good
restaurant.
—Oh，it’ll
cost
a
lot
of
money.
—Don’t
worry.It
is
my
________
today.
A．service
B．offer
C．turn
D．treat
解析：选D。句意：——今天下午我们去个好点的餐馆吧！——哦，那要花好多钱。——不要担心，今天我请客。service“服务”；offer“提供”；turn“顺序”；treat“招待，款待”。
7．The
book，________
for
her
sister，was
lost
in
the
mail.
A．intended
as
pleasant
surprise
B．intending
as
pleasant
surprise
C．intended
as
a
pleasant
surprise
D．intending
for
a
pleasant
surprise
解析：选C。intend
sth.for
sb.意为“为某人准备某物”，book与intend之间呈被动关系，因此用过去分词短语作定语；surprise在这里用单数，表示“一个惊喜”。
8．If
you
keep
on
________，you’ll
succeed
________.
A．tried；on
time
B．trying；in
time
C．to
try；in
time
D．trying；on
time
解析：选B。keep
on
doing“保持干某事”；in
time“及时，最终”；on
time“按时”。
9．—The
cars
give
off
a
great
deal
of
waste
gas
in
the
streets.
—Yes.But
I’m
sure
something
will
be
done
to
________
air
pollution.
A．reduce
B．remove
C．collect
D．warn
解析：选A。考查动词词义辨析。reduce
air
pollution减少污染。
10．—I
was
disappointed
in
________
time
when
I
didn’t
pass
the
examination.
—Don’t
be
so
discouraged.You’ll
be
successful
in
________
time.
A．/；/
B．a；a
C．/；a
D．a；/
解析：选D。句意：——我没通过考试的那段时间我很失望。——别灰心。你迟早会成功的。第一个空考查的是when引导的定语从句，表示在某段时间里，故应用in
a
time。而第二个空表示“迟早”，故用in
time。
Ⅳ.完形填空
Tom
was
crossing
the
road
the
other
day
when
he
saw
a
red
car
coming
in
the
distance.He
thought
the
car
would
__1__，as
the
lights
had
turned
red.__2__，the
car
was
going
too
__3___
and
Tom
soon
__4__
that
it
couldn’t
stop
in
time.He
__5__
to
move
out
of
its
__6__
but
it
was
too
late.Tom
was
__7__
down
by
the
red
car
and
lay
__8__
dead
on
the
road.Passers?by
__9___
went
to
him
and
an
ambulance(救护车)
was
__10__
for.The
driver
of
the
red
car
didn’t
stop，__11__
one
of
the
men
had
written
down
the
__12__
of
the
car，which
he
__13__
to
the
police
who
arrived
at
the
site
(现场)．
At
the
same
time，Tom
was
taken
to
the
__14__
and
his
parents
were
called
for.They
were
very
__15__
to
hear
of
the
accident
and
quickly
rushed
to
his
__16__.For
three
days
Tom
was
not
able
to
feel
or
think
and
his
parents
were
worried
that
he
__17__
die.But
on
the
fourth
day
Tom
__18__
and
spoke
softly.His
parents
were
__19___.The
police
by
then
had
__20__the
owner
of
the
car
and
caught
hold
of
him
at
last.
1．A.start
B．stop
C．move
D．break
解析：选B。由the
car
was
going
too...it
couldn’t
stop
in
time可以推知。由后面的原因状语从句也可以推知。
2．A.Unfortunately
B．Obviously
C．Besides
D．However
解析：选D。前后意义形成转折。
3．A.fast
B．slow
C．far
D．late
解析：选A。由后面“车子不能及时停下来”可推知，车子开得太快了。
4．A.understood
B．realized
C．knew
D．recognized
解析：选B。由于车子开得太快，汤姆“意识到”它不可能及时停下来。
5．A.tried
B．managed[]
C．failed
D．was
able
解析：选A。manage
to
do“设法得以……”。fail
to
do“没能够……”。be
able
to
do“能够……”，与后一分句but
it
was
too
late矛盾，不能选用。
6．A.road
B．path
C．door
D．way
解析：选D。out
of
one’s(the)
way是固定搭配，意为“不挡道”。
7．A.put
B．knocked
C．laid
D．thrown
解析：选B。knock
down“撞倒”。
8．A.almost
B．already
C．still
D．obviously
解析：选A。根据后文可知，汤姆并未死，而是“差一点”死了。
9．A.slowly
B．calmly
C．quickly
D．carefully
解析：选C。见到人被撞倒，行人应是“快速地”来到他的身旁，其他选项不合语境。
10．A.looked
B．called
C．sent
D．asked
解析：选B。call
for意为“叫来”。其他选项不合文意。
11．A.but
B．and
C．or
D．so
解析：选A。前后意义形成转折。
12．A.type
B．name
C．number
D．address
解析：选C。根据常识用笔记下的应是“车号”。
13．A.took
B．gave
C．posted
D．sent
解析：选B。由于警察就在现场，应是将所记的车号当面“给”他。
14．A
station
B．school
C．hospital
D．home
解析：选C。受了重伤的汤姆只能被送到“医院”。
15．A.angry
B．sad
C．surprised
D．disappointed
解析：选C。此处表示“听说出了事故而感到惊讶”的意思，并没有因严重后果而伤心的意思，故选C。
16．A.head
B．side
C．body
D．hospital
解析：选B。A、C不合习惯表达法，D不合逻辑。
17．A
must
B．might
C．could
D．should
解析：选B。担心他有“可能”死。could也可表示可能性，但所表示的可能性要比might大，在此不合语境(因为结果未死)。A、D不合逻辑。
18．A.felt
sick
B．got
up
C．fell
asleep
D．woke
up
解析：选D。wake
up“苏醒”，与For
three
days
Tom
was
not
able
to
feel
or
think形成对比。
19．A.surprised
B．calm
C．glad
D．puzzled
解析：选C。见到儿子苏醒过来，应该“高兴”。
20．A.noticed
B．grasped
C．found
D．followed
解析：选D。警察有了车号，很快便“追”上了肇事的司机。
Ⅴ.阅读理解
Happiness
is
for
everyone.You
don’
t
need
to
care
about
those
people
who
have
beautiful
houses
with
large
gardens
and
swimming
pools
or
those
who
have
nice
cars
and
a
lot
of
money
and
so
on.Why?
Because
those
who
have
big
houses
may
often
feel
lonely
and
those
who
have
cars
may
want
to
walk
on
the
country
roads
at
their
free
time.
In
fact，happiness
is
always
around
you
if
you
put
your
heart
into
it.When
you
are
in
trouble
at
school；your
friends
will
help
you；when
you
study
hard
at
your
lessons，your
parents
are
always
taking
good
care
of
your
life
and
your
health；when
you
get
success，your
friends
will
say
congratulations
to
you；when
you
do
something
wrong，people
around
you
will
help
you
to
correct
it.And
when
you
do
something
good
to
others，you
will
feel
happy，too.All
these
are
your
happiness.If
you
notice
a
bit
of
them，you
can
see
that
happiness
is
always
around
you.
Happiness
is
not
the
same
as
money.It
is
a
feeling
of
your
heart.When
you
are
poor，you
can
also
say
you
are
very
happy，because
you
have
something
else
that
can’t
be
bought
with
money.When
you
meet
with
difficulties，you
can
say
loudly
you
are
very
happy，because
you
have
more
chances
to
challenge
yourself.So
you
cannot
always
say
you
are
poor
and
you
have
bad
luck.As
the
saying
goes，life
is
like
a
revolving(旋转的)
door.When
it
closes，it
also
opens.If
you
take
every
chance
you
get，you
can
be
a
happy
and
lucky
person.
1．Those
who
have
big
houses
may
often
feel
________.
A．happy
B．lonely
C．free
D．excited
解析：选B。从第一段的最后一句“Because
those
who
have
big
houses
may
often
feel
lonely
and
those...at
their
free
time.”可知答案。
2．When
you
fall
down
in
a
PE
class，both
your
teacher
and
your
classmates
will
________.
A．laugh
at
you
B．play
jokes
on
you
C．quarrel
with
you
D．help
you
up
解析：选D。从第二段可以看出，当你在学校遇到困难时，你的朋友会帮助你。
3．What
will
your
friends
say
to
you
when
you
make
great
progress?
A．Oh，so
do
I.
B．Congratulations!
C．Good
luck!
D．It’s
just
so?so.
解析：选B。从第二段“when
you
get
success，your
friends
will
say
congratulations
to
you”可知当你成功的时候，你的朋友会向你表示祝贺。
4．Which
idea
is
NOT
right
according
to
the
passage?
A．People
who
have
cars
would
never
like
to
walk
in
the
open
air.
B．You
can
get
help
from
others
when
you
make
mistakes.
C．You
can
still
be
a
happy
person
even
if
you
have
little
money.
D．Happiness
is
always
around
you
though
difficulties
come
towards
you.
解析：选A。从第一段的最后一句可知A项说法错误。
5．Which
of
the
following
is
this
passage
about?
A．Bad
luck.
B．Good
luck.
C．Life.
D．Happiness.
解析：选D。从第一句话Happiness
is
for
everyone.就能看出答案。Ⅰ.品句填词
1．The
__________(大多数)
of
students
find
it
quite
hard
to
live
on
the
amount
of
money
they
get.
答案：majority
2．They
spent
a
lot
of
money
__________(装备)
the
school
with
new
computers.
答案：equipping
3．Running
your
own
business
usually
__________(包括)
working
long
hours.
答案：involves
4．Computers
can
____________(处理)
huge
amounts
of
data.
答案：handle
5．We
still
____________(交换)
gifts
at
Christmas.
答案：exchange
6．I’ll
__________(偿还)
you
the
money
you
lent
me
next
week.
答案：repay
7．I’m
not
sure
what
I
would
do
if
I
were
in
your
__________(位置)
.
答案：position
8．Everyone
at
the
meeting
had
different
__________(观点)
.
答案：views
9．She
____________
(使娱乐)the
children
with
stories,
songs
and
drama.
答案：entertained
10．We
watched
from
a
safe
__________(距离)．
答案：distance
Ⅱ.选词填空
be
equipped
with;
for
sale;
a
great
amount
of;
be
located
in;
make
up;
be
ready
to
1．I
believe
that
this
house
is
____________.
答案：for
sale
2．That
one
weekend
____________
for
all
the
disappointments
I’d
had.
答案：made
up
3．The
hospital
____________
modern
machines.
答案：is
equipped
with
4．They
were
wonderful
neighbors,
and
they
______
always
____________
help
in
a
crisis.
答案：are；ready
to
5．A
million
dollars
is
____________
money
to
me.
答案：a
great
amount
of
6．The
school
____________
the
center
of
town.
答案：is
located
in
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．I’m
very________about
expressing
my
opinions
in
public
in
case
I
may
make
mistakes.
A．cautious
B．confused
C．delighted
D．enthusiastic
解析：选A。cautious“小心的，谨慎的”。句意：为了防止错误，我在公共场合表达自己的观点时，非常谨慎。confused“困惑的”；delighted“高兴的”；enthusiastic“热情的”。
2．The
lady
looks
prettier________.
A．at
distance
B．at
a
distance
C．in
the
distance
D．in
a
distance
解析：选B。句意：那位女士在稍远一点的地方看上去更漂亮一些。at
a
distance距离稍远一些；in
the
distance远处。
3．It
seems
to
some
experts
that
56.com，youku.com
and
tudou.com________90%
of
the
video
market
in
this
area.
A．make
up
B．bring
up
C．put
down
D．set
down
解析：选A。根据句意可知，三大网站“组成”了该地区90%的音响市场，故用make
up。bring
up教育，培养；put
down和set
down均表示“放下，写下”。
4．Ten
students________the
research
group
to
carry
out
the
research
task.
A．composing
B．consist
of
C．make
up
D．forms
解析：选C。句意：十名学生组成研究小组来执行研究任务。由句式分析可知此处需谓语动词，故排除A；由主语ten
students可排除D;
consist
of由……组成，不符合句意，故选C，make
up
组成。
5．She
hurried
back
and
quickly________herself
behind
the
desk.
A．devoted
B．positioned
C．left
D．walked
解析：选B。考查动词辨析。position可作动词使用，意为“安放，安置”，符合语境。
6．All
classes
of
this
school
are________with
modern________.
A．equipped;
equipment
B．equipped;
equipments
C．equipping;
equipments
D．equipping;
equipment
解析：选A。equip...with...意为“用……装备……”，被动形式为be
equipped
with。第二空equipment意为“装备；设备”，是不可数名词。
7．You
know
Eric,
if
he
won’t
eat
or
sleep，it’s
a
sure________that
he
is
in
love
again.
A．significance
B．influence
C．sign
D．event
解析：选C。句意：你是了解埃里克的，如果他不想吃饭和睡觉，那就表明他一定又在谈恋爱了。sign迹象，征兆；significance意义；influence影响；event事件。
8．Asian
and
African
countries
should
have
full
of________for
their
separate
experience
on
developing
economy.
A．movement
B．argument
C．exchange
D．statement
解析：选C。句意：亚洲国家和非洲国家应该就发展经济交换经验。
9．He________that
the
rescue
team
climb
over
the
mountain
before
dark
to
the
place
where
the
trapped
visitors
were.
A．commanded
B．hoped
C．wished
D．supposed
解析：选A。command后从句用虚拟语气，should可省去，其他三项不合题意。
10．________soldiers
took
part
in
the
fighting
against
the
floods.
A．A
plenty
of
B．A
large
number
of
C．A
large
amount
of
D．A
great
deal
of
解析：选B。A项去掉“A”，C、D两项修饰不可数名词，而只有B项修饰可数名词soldiers。
Ⅳ.完形填空
In
the
eyes
of
a
Western
visitor,
a
temple
in
Taiwan
is
very
different
from
a
church
in
the
West.
The
following
is
a
report
of
this
Westerner.
For
a
Western
church,
you
can__1__the
great
door
in
the
center
and
walk
straight
down
the
aisle(通道)
to
the
altar(圣坛)，but
a
Taiwanese
temple
must
be
entered
through
the__2__gates.
This
leads
you
right
to
a
large__3__courtyard.
From
here
you
can
see__4__the
roof?line
of
the
main
wall
and
doors.
The
pillars
(台柱；柱)
and
the
roof?line
are
often__5__with
dragons.__6__across
the
outer
courtyard,
you
will
reach
the
main
doors__7__you
to
the
inner
courtyard,
and
again
the
doors
are
not
in
the__8__facing
the
main
altar
inside
the
main
building，__9__
to
the
left
and
right.__10__on
the
big
doors
are
the
fierce
guardian
spirits
in
bright
and
realistic
details.
To
cross
over
the
doorsill(门槛)
to__11__the
inner
courtyard,
you
have
to
lift
your__12__or
you
may
trip
and__13__.
Once
inside
the
inner
courtyard,
you
can
walk
into
the
main
building
of
the
temple
and__14__the
images
of
gods
on
the
altar
enclosed
within
iron__15__.
These
details
are
“security
measures”
just
like
those
a__16__has
to
keep
thieves
from__17__.
Some
of
these
measures
are
aimed
at__18__，
because
ghosts
(鬼)
cannot__19__their
feet
over
barriers,
nor__20__make
90?degree
turns.
But
the
iron
bars
are
obviously
there
for
keeping
thieves
out.
1．A.come
B．arrive
C．reach
D．enter
解析：选D。根据下文中的．..but
a
Taiwanese
temple
must
be
entered
through...可知，两句虽然语态不同，但应使用相同的动词。
2．A.side
B．center
C．inside
D．outside
解析：选A。和上文中的．..the
great
door
in
the
center
and
walk
straight
down
the
aisle(通道)to
the
altar(圣坛)．..进行对比可知，此处应是side
gates，指侧门。
3．A.inside
B．outer
C．beautiful
D．green
解析：选B。根据此处和下文中第6个空格后的across
the
outer
courtyard,
you
will
reach
the
main
doors...可知，此处指的是“外院(outer
courtyard)”。
4．A.roughly
B．deeply
C．clearly
D．randomly
解析：选C。根据下文中的The
pillars(台柱；柱)and
the
roof?line
are
often__5__with
dragons.可知，从此处可以清楚地看到主房的建筑风格。
5．A.decorated
B．covered
C．filled
D．full
解析：选A。此处意思是“在柱子和屋顶上饰有龙(的形象)”，此空格处应为“装饰”的意思。故用decorated。
6．A.Walking
B．Walked
C．Running
D．Rushed
解析：选A。此处意思是“你穿过外院，即可到达主门”。从常识和一般意义上理解，作为旅游者，通常只是步行，“跑”或“冲过来/去”的情况，是不常见的。从语法的角度来看．B项错误，错误之处在于与主语you不能构成正确的逻辑关系。
7．A.directed
B．instructing
C．to
guide
D．leading
解析：选D。此句意思是“你就来到一个引你进入内院的主门处”，此处的leading充当定语相当于一个由which/that引起的定语从句。
8．A.side
B．center
C．inside
D．main
解析：选B。此处的意思是“正门却不正对着主殿中主祭坛的中央”。此答案可以从上文的．..the
great
door
in
the
center
and
walk
straight
down
the
aisle(通道)to
the
altar(圣坛)．..得出。
9．A.and
B．so
C．therefore
D．but
解析：选D。此处句意是紧跟着上一句来的，为not...but...结构。
10．A.Painted
B．Drawn
C．Written
D．Carved
解析：选A。此句是一个倒装句，全句的正常语序为The
fierce
guardian
spirits
on
the
big
doors
are
painted
in
bright
and
realistic
details.此处的painted意思是“用油漆漆出……的形象”。
11．A.get
into
B．get
out
of
C．arrive
to
D．reach
in
解析：选A。从下句中的Once
inside
the
inner
courtyard...可知，此处是“进入”的意思。
12．A.hand
B．arm
C．foot
D．head
解析：选C。根据下文中的or
you
may
trip
and...和．..because
ghosts
(鬼)
cannot__19__
their
feet
over
barriers，可知此处应选择C项。
13．A.fall
out
B．fall
down
C．fall
off
D．fall
back
解析：选B。此题主要考查与fall相关的词组的意义：A项fall
out意思是“脱落；吵架”；B项fall
down意思是“跌倒”；C项fall
off意思是“减少；下降”；D项fall
back意思是“撤退；退却”。
14．A.see
B．watch
C．notice
D．know
解析：选A。此处考查动词的用法。强调“看到”的结果要用see，故选择A项。
15．A.courtyard
B．building
C．room
D．bars
解析：选D。从全文的最后一句But
the
iron
bars
are
obviously
there
for
keeping
thieves
out.可推知，此处应选择D项。
16．A.school
B．bank
C．hospital
D．park
解析：选B。此题考查对上下文的理解。根据句意，比较四个选项，银行的保安措施理应是最完善的。
17．A.breaking
out
B．breaking
in
C．breaking
up
D．breaking
through
解析：选B。此题考查由动词break构成的相关词组的意义。根据keep
thieves
from，可知此处是指“破门而入”。
18．A.good
spirits
B．thieves
C．evil
spirits
D．some
persons
解析：选C。此处指采用此诸多“建筑特点”的原因。由下一句．..because
ghosts(鬼)cannot__19__their
feet
over
barriers，nor...可知，此空格处所填内容应与ghosts所表示的意义类似，故选evil
spirits
(bad
spirits)。
19．A.lift
B．lower
C．stand
D．cut
解析：选A。此题可根据上文中的．..you
have
to
lift
your__12__or
you
may
trip...得出结论。
20．A.they
can
B．they
will
C．can
they
D．will
they
解析：选C。根据文中的nor可知此处应使用倒装结构，而且此处与前面．..ghosts(鬼)cannot...对应，表示一种做事的能力。
Ⅴ.阅读理解
On
a
cold，gray
afternoon
a
year
ago，I
stood
on
the
deck
of
our
newly?purchased，half?constructed
house
about
an
hour’s
drive
outside
Shanghai，wondering
what，exactly，I
had
gotten
myself
into.
My
wife，a
Shanghai
native，and
I
had
moved
back
to
China
from
New
York
City
in
the
spring
of
2004，and
two
and
a
half
years
later
we
had
decided
to
take
the
plunge.
We
bought
a
three?story，five?bedroom
townhouse
in
the
suburbs，in
a
town
called
New
Songjiang，a
place
that
was
then—and
remains
now—very
much
a
work
in
progress.
We
came
here
that
day
to
see
how
construction
was
progressing.
Our
house，along
with
about
140
others，was
going
up
in
a
development
called
Emerald
Riverside.
It
sits
on
the
banks
of
a
small
river
that
flows
into
the
Huangpu
River，which
cuts
Shanghai
into
two
parts，about
28
miles
to
the
northeast.
On
that
dreary
afternoon
I
gazed
out
to
the
other
side
of
the
river，looking
at
the
only
significant
patch
(小块)
of
land
for
miles
that
was
not
yet
being
developed—about
five
acres
of
green
that
local
farmers
still
used
to
grow
watermelons，which
they
then
sold
to
the
migrant
workers
building
this
town.
In
every
direction
just
beyond
the
watermelon
patch，office
parks，houses
and
apartment
complexes
were
going
up，forming
a
circle
around
the
farmland
that
was
drawing
coldly
tighter.
As
it
is
in
vast
areas
of
China，the
new
is
replacing
the
old，and
it
is
not
doing
so
slowly.
It
is
doing
so
in
the
blink
of
an
eye.
How
magical
it
is!
I
stood
on
the
deck，thinking
that
my
wife
and
I
have
become
a
tiny
part
of
China’s
latest
revolution.
As
a
New
Yorker，I’m
excited
about
that
now，for
my
wife
and
I
got
an
off
the
shelf
mortgage
(抵押)
from
the
Standard
Chartered
Bank
branch
in
town，plunking
down
25%
of
the
purchase
price，and
bought
ourselves
a
piece
of
the
Great
Chinese
Dream.
1．From
the
passage，we
can
learn
that
the
author
is________.
A．a
Shanghai
native
B．a
native
of
New
York
C．a
migrant
worker
D．an
English
clerk
解析：选B。细节理解题。根据文章最后一段中As
a
New
Yorker
可判断本文的作者是一个纽约人。
2．It
can
be
inferred
from
the
passage
that________.
A．the
house
the
author
bought
lies
in
a
suburb
of
Shanghai
B．there
are
140
houses
going
up
in
a
development
called
Emerald
Riverside
C．local
farmers
used
about
five
acres
of
land
to
plant
trees
and
crops
D．the
new
is
replacing
the
old，but
it
is
doing
too
slowly
解析：选A。细节理解题。A项与文章第一段最后一句吻合；B项与文章第二段第二句不吻合；C项与文章第二段中．..about
five
acres
of
green
that
local
farmers
still
used
to
grow
watermelons...不吻合；D项与第二段的．..the
new
is
replacing
the
old，and
it
is
not
doing
so
slowly.
不吻合。
3．What
is
the
author’s
attitude
to
China’s
construction?
A．Disappointment.
B．Astonishment.
C．Happiness.
D．Sadness.
解析：选B。推理判断题。根据第二段最后一句How
magical
it
is！可判断作者对中国的建设感到很吃惊。
4．This
passage
most
probably
appears
in________
A．a
notice
B．a
book
on
house
C．a
story
book
D．a
magazine
解析：选D。文体识别题。全文的立意深刻——反映中国的飞速发展，只有在杂志上才有可能刊登此类文章。Ⅰ.品句填词
1．Growing
plants
from
seed
can
produce
disappointing
____________(结果)
.
答案：results
2．Tommy
was
____________(不像)
any
other
woman
I
have
ever
known.
答案：unlike
3．Only
27%
of
the
paper
we
____________(消耗)is
recycled.
答案：consume
4．At
present
we
have
no
____________(证据)
of
life
on
other
planets.
答案：evidence
5．Rice
grows
well
in
their
county,
____________(尤其)
in
their
village.
答案：particularly
6．I
lost
my
____________(注意力)
and
fell
asleep.
答案：concentration
7．The
report
____________(强调)
that
students’
math
skills
need
to
improve.
答案：stressed
8．The
____________(重要性)
of
washing
one’s
hands
before
a
meal
is
that
it
prevents
illness.
答案：importance
9．Most
babies
can
____________(消化)
a
wide
range
of
food
easily.
答案：digest
10．You’re
in
a
good
____________(心情)
this
morning!
答案：mood
Ⅱ.选词填空
instead
of;
all
kinds
of;
gain
weight;
stress
the
importance
of;
for
example
1．They
sell
________________
different
things.
答案：all
kinds
of
2．My
daughter
is
afraid
of
________________.
答案：gaining
weight
3．______________，Jones
is
very
good
at
English.
答案：For
example
4．The
English
teacher
always
______________________________
studying
English.
答案：stresses
the
importance
of
5．He’ll
attend
the
meeting
____________
you.
答案：instead
of
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．Evidence
has
been
piled
up
________drinking
water
after
getting
up
in
the
morning
contributes
to
one’s
health.
A．what
B．which
C．if
D．that
解析：选D。考查名词性从句。that引导同位语从句，先行词是evidence。句意：已有大量证据表明：早晨起床后饮水有益于健康。
2．As
a
senior
high
student,
you
should________your
energy
on
how
to
master
the
skills
of
learning.
A．impress
B．spend
C．concentrate
D．use
解析：选C。句意：作为一名高中生，你应该集中精力于如何掌握学习技巧。concentrate...on...把精力集中于……，符合题意。
3．Much
new
and
high
technology
has
been
introduced
from
America,
thus________great
increase
in
production
of
the
company.
A．resulting
in
B．resulted
in
C．resulting
from
D．resulted
from
解析：选A。句意：从美国引进了许多新的高端技术，结果使公司的产量有了很大提高。此处要用非谓语动词作结果状语，故排除B、D。result
in导致；result
from由……造成；因……而产生。
4．There
are________differences
between
your
religious
beliefs
and
mine.
A．fundamental
B．necessary
C．unlike
D．much
解析：选A。句意：在你的宗教信仰和我的宗教信仰之间有着本质的区别。A项符合句意。
5．A
sudden
change
in
temperature
will
inevitably(不可避免地)________rain.
A．result
from
B．result
in
C．lie
in
D．cause
to
解析：选B。result
from“结果是由……造成的”；result
in“导致”；lie
in“在于；位于”；cause是及物动词，不能与to连用。句意：气温的骤变会不可避免地导致下雨。
6．Many
students
suggested
that
the
school
reading
room________open
during
the
vacation.
A．kept
B．be
kept
C．should
keep
D．was
kept
解析：选B。考查虚拟语气。动词suggest意为“建议”，其后的宾语从句要用虚拟语气，谓语动词形式是(should)＋动词原形。
7．Now
plastics
can________steel
in
many
ways
of
life.
A．take
place
of
B．take
the
place
of
C．in
place
of
D．instead
of
解析：选B。句中can后只能接动词，排除C、D。A项take
place
of结构错。
8．It
is
generally
considered
to
be
of________a
person
follow
good
examples.
A．importance
B．importance
that
C．important
D．important
that
解析：选B。考查固定句型。句中it为形式主语，that从句作真正的主语；of
importance＝important重要的。故B项正确。
9．As
time________，she
became
more
and
more
anxious
about
her
son’s
safety.
A．passing
B．going
by
C．passed
D．goes
by
解析：选C。句意：随着时间的流逝，她越来越担心儿子的安全。as在此引导时间状语从句，从句缺谓语，排除A、B；D项时态错误，故选C。
10．My
father________me
to
become
a
biologist.
A．hopes
B．advises
C．thinks
D．considers
解析：
选B。考查动词辨析。advise
sb.to
do
sth.意为“建议某人做某事”，只有B项符合句意。
Ⅳ.完形填空
When
you
accept
a
dinner
invitation,
tell
your
host
if
you
have
any
dietary
restrictions(饮食禁忌)．He
or
she
will
want
to__1__a
meal
that
you
can
enjoy.Cocktails
or
other
drinks
may
be__2__before
the
dinner.
It
is
not
necessary
to__3__an
alcoholic
drink
if
you
do
not
want
one.
You
can
always__4__fruit
juice
or
a
soft
drink.
The__5__meal
is
the
main
meal
of
the
day
in
most
parts
of
the
United
States.
This
is
a
time
for
family
members，__6__children,
to
be
together
and
talk
about__7__of
interest.
Guests
are
encouraged
to__8__these
conversations.
Food
may
be
served
in
one
of
several__9__：“family
style，”
by__10__
the
serving
plates
from
one
to
another
around
the
dining
table;
“buffet
style，”
with__11__serving
themselves
at
the
buffet;
and
“serving
style，”__12__the
host
filling
each
plate
and
passing
it
to
each
person.
Guests
usually
wait__13__everyone
at
their
table
has
been
served
before
they
begin
to__14__.Hands
may
be
used
to
eat
foods__15__hamburgers,
raw
fruits,
fried
chicken
and
sandwiches.
It
is
all
right
to
say,
“No,
thank
you”
when
you
are
offered
a(n)__16__serving
of
food.__17__more
food
if
you
want
it,
however,
as
the
offer
might
not
be
repeated.
Most
Americans
think
it
is__18__to
insist
that
people
have__19__food
after
they
have
refused
a
second
serving.
Eating
all
of
the
food
on
your
plate
indicates
you
have__20__the
meal;
it
does
not
indicate
that
more
food
should
be
served.
1.
A．plan
B．prepare
C．make
D．bring
解析：选A。根据上句．..tell
your
host
if
you
have
any
dietary
restrictions可知，he
or
she应该是“预先准备”，而B项“prepare
a
meal”means“get
food
ready
to
be
eaten”饭做好了，准备吃。C、D两项只强调动作。
2．A.giving
B．allowing
C．served
D．permitted
解析：选C。此句意思是“饭前可能会上一些鸡尾酒或其他饮料”。C项serve意思是“为……提供(服务等)。”且此句的主语是cocktails
or
other
drinks，因此要使用被动语态。
3．A.receive
B．prefer
C．refuse
D．accept
解析：选D。由下句．..if
you
do
not
want
one可推测出该句意思为，“你不想要的话，就没有必要接受……”，因此选D项。
4．A.drink
B．take
with
C．ask
for
D．be
served
解析：选C。此句顺承上句，意思是“(你要是不喝酒)，可以要些果汁或其他的软(不合酒精的)饮料”。
5．A.morning
B．afternoon
C．evening
D．noon
解析：选C。由下文“家人和孩子们坐在一起，谈一谈趣闻”可推知，这应该是家长下班、孩子放学后，聚在一起吃的晚餐。
6．A.included
B．including
C．consisting
of
D．consisted
of
解析：选B。本句意思应为“家庭成员包括孩子……”。C、D两项中的consist
of后接组成某事/物的内容，且不用被动形式。
7．A.places
B．topics
C．people
D．news
解析：选B。此处指晚饭前话题的内容，通常所涉及的应是一些大家感兴趣的话题。
8．A.join
in
B．join
C．take
part
D．take
side
解析：选A。此处指参加到某一活动中去，构成的是join
sb.
in
(doing)
sth.。C项的完整形式应是take
part
in；D项take
side意思是“支持”。
9．A.channels
B．means
C．directions
D．ways
解析：选D。根据下文所提及的几种方式，应该选择ways。其他词在意义上与文章内容不符。
10．A.passing
B．collecting
C．starting
D．giving
解析：选A。由本句中．.from
one
to
another
around
the
dining
table可推知，此种方式是一种比较随意的方式，一种大家动手，相互帮助的就餐方式。因此用passing。
11．A.visitors
B．guests
C．hosts
D．children
解析：选B。通过对三种就餐方式的对比，我们可知“buffet
style”是一种自助餐模式，是“客人自己动手”的模式。
12．A.for
B．under
C．in
D．with
解析：选D。由此处的语法结构可知，应使用with的复合结构形式。
13．A.until
B．unless
C．after
D．soon
解析：选A。此句意思是“客人们通常会等到每个人的面前都有了(饭菜)，才开始(吃)”。根据此意应选择A项，意思是“直到……才……”。
14．A.have
B．drink
C．start
D．eat
解析：选D。由此句意思可知应选择eat。
15．A.for
example
B．such
as
C．just
like
D．just
as
解析：选B。此处指列举事物，故选B项。for
example＝
as
an
example例如，作插入语，用来引出人、物或事，使之作为例子来支持前面的说法，其基本作用是“例证”，一般要用逗号与其他部分隔开；such
as＝like。
16．A.first
B．another
C．second
D．rest
解析：选C。由下文．..as
the
offer
might
not
be
repeated
...a
second
serving.可知，此处指再次上(饭菜)。
17．A.Accept
B．Ask
C．Get
D．Forget
解析：选A。由下句．..as
the
offer
might
not
be
repeated可知，上饭菜时，要留够自己吃的。
18．A.polite
B．impolite
C．good
D．important
解析：选B。由下句．..
insist
that
people
have__19__food
after
they
have...可知，美国人认为强让人多吃是不礼貌的。
19．A.less
B．fewer
C．plentiful
D．more
解析：选D。此句意思是“已经拒绝了(饭菜)，再强让人吃更多，这通常是不礼貌的”。
20．A.had
B．eaten
C．enjoyed
D．treated
解析：选C。由句意可知：吃光自己盘子里的(饭莱)，这表明你对饭菜满意，不表明你还想要更多的(饭菜)。
Ⅴ.阅读理解
In
the
US,
people
prefer
waiting
for
a
table
to
sitting
with
people
they
don’t
know.
This
means
a
hostess
may
not
seat
a
small
group
until
a
small
table
is
available,
even
if
a
large
one
is.
If
you
are
sitting
at
a
table
with
people
you
don’t
know,
it
is
impolite
to
light
up
a
cigarette
without
asking
if
it
will
disturb
them.
At
American
restaurants
and
coffee
shops
you
are
usually
served
tap
water
before
you
order.
You
may
find
the
bread
and
butter
is
free,
and
if
you
order
coffee,
you
may
get
a
free
refill.
Most
cities
and
towns
have
no
rules
about
opening
and
closing
time
for
stores
or
restaurants,
though
they
usually
do
make
rules
for
bars.
Especially
in
large
cities,
stores
may
be
open
24
hours
a
day.
Serving
in
restaurants
is
often
large,
too
large
for
many
people.
If
you
can’t
finish
your
meal
but
would
like
to
enjoy
the
food
later,
ask
your
waitress
or
waiter
for
a
“doggie
bag”.
It
may
have
a
picture
of
a
dog
on
it,
but
everybody
knows
you’re
taking
the
food
for
yourself.
Supper
and
dinner
are
both
words
for
the
evening
meal.
Some
people
have
“Sunday
dinner”.
This
is
an
especially
big
noon
meal.
Tips
are
not
usually
added
to
the
check.
They
are
not
included
in
the
price
of
the
meal,
either.
A
tip
of
about
15%
is
expected
and
you
should
leave
it
on
the
table
when
you
leave.
In
some
restaurants,
a
check
is
brought
on
a
plate
and
you
put
your
money
there.
Then
the
waiter
or
waitress
brings
you
your
change.
1．Which
statement
about
American
people
is
TRUE?
A.
American
people
like
sitting
with
people
they
don’t
know.
B．A
hostess
always
seats
a
small
group
at
a
large
table.
C．American
people
never
sit
with
people
they
don’t
know.
D．American
people
would
not
light
a
cigarette
if
the
people
who
sit
at
the
same
table
mind
their
smoking.
解析：选D。推理判断题。根据第一自然段的最后一句可知本题选D。
2．What
is
served
before
you
order?
A．bread.
B．butter.
C．coffee.
D．cold
water.
解析：选D。细节理解题。由第二自然段的第一句中的tap
water可知此处选D。
3．What
do
American
people
always
do
when
servings
are
too
large
for
them?
A.
They
take
the
food
home
with
a
doggie
bag
for
their
dogs.
B．They
leave
the
food
on
the
table
and
go
away.
C．They
take
the
food
home
with
a
doggie
bag
and
enjoy
the
food
later.
D．They
ask
the
waitress
or
waiter
to
keep
the
food
for
them.
解析：选C。细节理解题。由第四自然段的后两句可知本题选C。
4．Sunday
dinner
is________.
A．a
dinner
in
the
evening
B．a
big
noon
meal
C．a
big
lunch
on
Sunday
D．a
supper
on
Sunday
解析：选B。细节理解题。根据第五自然段的最后一句可知本题选B。Ⅰ.品句填词
1．The
two
villages
are
____________
(分开)by
a
highway.答案：separated
2.
He
played
the
____________(角色)
of
the
old
king
in
our
school
play.
答案：role
3．You
don’t
__________(挣钱)
much
money
being
a
nurse.
答案：earn
4．____________(无疑地),
public
interest
in
folk
music
has
declined.
答案：Undoubtedly
5．It’s
not
____________
(自然的)
for
a
child
of
his
age
to
be
so
quiet.
答案：natural
6．Old
people
should
be
treated
with
__________
(尊敬)．
答案：respect
Ⅱ.选词填空
have
respect
for;
play
the
part
of;
in
search
of;
be
off
to;
no
wonder
1．They
started
off
at
once
________________
the
missing
girl.
答案：in
search
of
2．He
____________
Tom’s
parents.
答案：has
respect
for
3．The
actor
________________
the
hero.
答案：played
the
part
of
4.
They
________________
Jamaica
for
a
hard?earned
vacation.
答案：are
off
to
5.
He
hasn’t
slept
at
all
for
three
days.
____________
he
is
tired
out.
答案：No
wonder
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．At
the
meeting,
Premier
Wen
Jiabao
emphasized
(强调)
the
important
part
agriculture________in
China’s
economic
development.
A．plays
B．is
C．does
D．takes
解析：选A。句意：在会议上，温家宝总理强调了农业在中国经济发展中的重要作用。从agriculture到句子末尾是定语从句，修饰the
important
part，agriculture前面省略了关系代词that。关系代词作宾语，指代先行词part，故横线所填动词须和part搭配。根据题意应构成“在……起作用”的意思。B、C两项搭配不对；D项take
part
in意为“参加”，语义不对。play
a
part
in
表示“在……起作用”的意思。
2．—Have
you
heard
of
the
North
Korea’s
nuclear
test?
—Yes,
________news
came
as________shock
to
me.
A．the;
a
B．the;
the
C．a;
a
D．a;
the
解析：选A。第一空表特指；a
shock“一件令人震惊的事件”。
3．It
is
________honour
to
hear
you
speak
so
highly
of
me.
A．/
B．an
C．the
D．a
解析：选B。honour作“感到光荣的人或事”时，用作可数名词且常用单数。
4．I
wonder
________we
haven’t
received
her
invitations
yet.
Her
wedding
is
only
two
weeks
away.
A．how
B．why
C．that
D．when
解析：选B。此题考查宾语从句中的引导词。句意：我想知道我们为什么还没有收到邀请信，她的婚礼只有两周了。
5．They
were
walking
around
the
town________a
place
for
the
party.
A．in
search
of
B．search
C．searching
of
D．searched
for
解析：选A。in
search
of为介词短语，意为“寻找”，符合句意。B、D两项动词形式不正确；无C项search
of这种搭配。
6.
The
day
I
discovered
that
good
name
my
parents
had
________
brought
our
whole
family
the
respect
of
our
neighbour.
A．deserved
B．earned
C．given
D．used
解析：选B。按照句意，此处应为“赢得”的意思。earn的宾语可以是name,
fame,
reputation,
position等。
7．The
doctor
advised
Vera
strongly
that
she
should
take
a
holiday,
but
________didn’t
help.
A．it
B．she
C．which
D．he
解析：选A。此处it指代前面句子的内容。此题易误选which，它可引导一个非限制性定语从句，但因前面已有连词，故不用which。
8．Why
does
teaching
as
a
career________many
people?
A．apply
for
B．attract
to
C．appeal
to
D．agree
with
解析：选C。appeal
to对……有诱惑力。句意：为什么教育作为一项事业吸引了这么多人呢？apply
for申请；attract吸引；attract
sb.
/sth.
to把……吸引到……；agree
with同意。
9.
He
treats
the
old
lady
as
granny
out
of
________.
A．order
B．place
C．respect
D．date
解析：选C。out
of
order“出故障”；out
of
place“乱七八糟”；out
of
date“过期”；out
of
respect“出于尊敬”。
10．He
can
________$3,000
a
year
by
writing
stories
and
support
a
family
of
three
people.
A．win
B．afford
C．earn
D．gain
解析：选C。从句意可知，他写小说是为了赚钱，故应用动词earn。win强调获胜，afford强调买得起，gain强调获得经验之类的东西，均不合乎语境。
Ⅳ.完形填空
Several
months
ago,
I
got
into
a
horrible
car
crash.
That
moment__1__my
view
about
life.
All
my
life
I
had
been
waiting
until
I
could__2__my
driver’s
license
and
my
first
car.
When
I__3__got
my
license
and
my
dad
brought
the
car
to
the
house.I
was__4__.From
that
day
on,
the
most
important
thing
in
my
life
was
that
car.
Every
day
I
would
get
home
and
see
what
else
I
could
do
to
make
__5__better.
My
car
was
my__6__and
joy
and
when
I
had
fixed
it
up
into“__7__”condition,
I
finally
began
to__8__it.
Every
time
I
got
into
my
car,
I
felt
invincible(无敌的)，__9__nothing
could
stop
me.
But
one
day
I
was
shown
that
just
like
every__10__person,
I
could
be
broken.
One__11__，though
it
was
very
dark
outside,
I
was
in
the
car
with
some
of
my
close__12__.While
driving
down
a
main
street,
I
felt
I
was__13__control
of
the
car.
It
was
flying.
After
the
accident,
I
don’t
remember
much,
but
I
do
remember
the__14__I
was
in,
not
only
physical
but
also
the
thought
that
others’
lives
were__15__my
hands
for
a
few
seconds
and
I
might
have__16__them.
The
memory
of
that
day
will
never__17__me.
I
learned
a
lot
from
that__18__.Not
only
did
I
learn
that
I
need
to__19__more
appreciation
for
things,
I
also
learned
that
material
things
should__20__be
the
most
important
in
our
life.
1．A.seized
B．changed
C．replaced
D．destroyed
解析：选B。通读全文，可知经历那次车祸后，作者对生命的看
法“改变”了。
2．A.borrow
B．buy
C．get
D．see
解析：选C。根据语境可知作者得到了驾照和车。
3．A.suddenly
B．sadly
C．unfortunately
D．finally
解析：选D。作者一直期盼拿到驾照和拥有一辆自己的车，这里需填一个表示“终于”的词，表示终于拿到了驾照和得到了一辆自己的车。
4．A.angry
B．worried
C．surprised
D．excited
解析：选D。当作者终于拿到驾照，而且他父亲给他买了辆车时，他应当是非常兴奋的。
5．A.him
B．them
C．it
D．myself
解析：选C。这里代指车，故选it。
6．A.hobby
B．food
C．example
D．pride
解析：选D。作者很爱惜自己的车，他的车是他的骄傲和乐趣的来源。
7．A.perfect
B．slow
C．terrible
D．light
解析：选A。根据语境可知作者把车调试到了最佳状态。
8．A.repair
B．drive
C．like
D．show
解析：选B。作者把车调试到了最佳状态后，终于开始驾驶了。
9．A.so
that
B．as
if
C．even
though
D．as
a
result
解析：选B。作者每次开车时，都觉得自己所向披靡，似乎什么也阻挡不了他。
10．A.other
B．good
C．clever
D．tall
解析：选A。作者后来明白，像“其他”人一样，他也会受伤的。
11．A.morning
B．afternoon
C．night
D．noon
解析：选C。根据it
was
very
dark
outside的语境可知车祸发生时是在晚上。
12．A.sons
B．daughters
C．parents
D．friends
解析：选D。根据my
close的语境可知当时还有作者一些要好的朋友在车上。
13．A.shaking
B．taking
C．trying
D．losing
解析：选D。根据“It
was
flying.”的语境可知作者感觉车子失控了。
14．A.pain
B．joy
C．disappointment
D．happiness
解析：选A。根据not
only
physical
but
also
the
thought的语境可知作者只记得当时的痛，不仅是身体上的痛，还有那种想法带给他的痛。
15．A.in
B．under
C．above
D．before
解析：选A。当时还有一些朋友在作者的车里，他们的生命掌握在他手里。be
in
one’s
hands表示“在某人的掌控之中”。
16．A.raised
B．killed
C．poisoned
D．forgotten
解析：选B。在车祸发生的那几秒里，作者因为自己的不良驾驶有可能要了那几位朋友的命。
17．A.serve
B．trouble
C．scare
D．leave
解析：选D。那次车祸的记忆永远不会离开作者，即作者永远不会忘记那次车祸。
18．A.experience
B．story
C．vacation
D．rescue
解析：选A。那次车祸是作者的一次经历，故选A。
19．A.exchange
B．have
C．find
D．expect
解析：选B。作者认为自己应该更多地去感激一些东西，故选B。
20．A.always
B．sometimes
C．never
D．hardly
解析：选C。经历那次车祸之后，作者意识到物质上的东西永远都不是一个人生命中最重要的。
Ⅴ.阅读理解
Maurice
Sendak’s
children’s
book，Where
the
Wild
Things
Are，published
in
1963，has
become
very
successful
throughout
the
years
and
was
made
into
a
movie
earlier
this
year.
The
book’s
main
character
is
a
boy
named
Max
who
gets
into
trouble
with
his
mother
and
is
sent
to
bed
without
any
supper.
Before
long，Max’s
room
magically
becomes
a
forest，and
he
sails
away
to
a
land
where
monsters
live.
Max
isn’t
scared，though，and
becomes
king
of
the
wild
things，but
after
a
while，he
begins
feeling
homesick.
Max
sails
back
home
and
his
supper
is
still
hot
when
he
arrives
in
his
bedroom.
Many
teachers
and
professors
like
this
story
and
use
it
to
help
children
develop
creativity
and
imagination.
Melina
Davis，an
education
professor，said
she
likes
how
the
book
contains
a
couple
of
pages
that
have
only
pictures
on
them.
“This
allows
children
to
shape
the
story
themselves，”
she
said.
The
book
contains
a
few
of
larger
words
that
some
parents
worry
may
confuse
children，but
experts
say
those
words
help
improve
children’s
reading
skills
and
challenge
them.
Davis
said
the
book
is
well
written
which
helps
kids
get
involved
in
the
story.
“The
book
talks
about
what
all
children
go
through，like
‘I
was
naughty
but
my
mommy
still
loves
me’，”
Davis
said.
The
book
also
encourages
children
to
face
their
fears.
“I
think
it’s
really
good
to
show
that
Max
is
friends
with
the
monsters，”
Davis
said.
“Kids
can
find
out
monsters
aren’t
always
the
thing
under
the
bed
that’s
going
to
scare
them.
I
think
this
is
good
because
it
shows
that
the
children
can
go
to
scary
places
but
still
have
a
positive
experience.
”
Since
the
book
has
been
successful
throughout
the
years，a
movie
was
recently
made
and
many
people
are
excited
to
see
it.
Davis
said
she
thinks
the
movie
will
be
wonderful
but
it
might
be
a
little
scary
for
younger
children.
“You
don’t
want
bad
dreams
over
a
book
that’s
extremely
wonderful，”
Davis
said.
1.
Teachers
and
professors
like
the
book
Where
the
Wild
Things
Are
because
it
helps
children
________.
A．learn
to
draw
their
own
pictures
B．understand
their
own
fear
C．develop
more
quickly
D．become
more
imaginative
解析：选D。细节理解题。由第三段第一句可知这本书帮助孩子们发展创造力和想象力。
2.
What
is
the
intention
of
using
the
larger
words
in
the
book?
A．To
add
to
the
difficulty
while
children
are
reading.
B．To
help
challenge
the
children’s
reading
skills.
C．To
cause
the
children
some
confusion.
D．To
help
children
get
involved
in
the
story.
解析：选B。细节理解题。由文中第四段“...help
improve
children’s
reading
skills
and
challenge
them.
”可知。
3.
Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
about
the
book?
A．The
character
Max
is
brave
enough
in
the
story.
B．Max
was
sent
to
the
forest
as
punishment.
C．It
is
suitable
for
people
of
all
ages.
D．It
is
the
most
popular
children’s
book
ever
published.
解析：选A。推理判断题。第二段讲述了Max走进了怪物生活的领域，然而他不害怕，并成为了他们的国王，这说明故事中的Max很勇敢。
4.
What
does
Davis
think
of
the
movie?
A．She
thinks
children
of
all
ages
will
love
it.
B．She
encourages
children
to
see
it
to
fight
against
their
fear.
C．She
worries
that
it
might
be
too
frightening
for
some
children.
D．She
believes
it
will
be
a
better
choice
for
children
than
the
book.
解析：选C。细节理解题。由最后一段“...it
might
be
a
little
scary
for
younger
children.
”可知。
5.
What’s
the
author’s
purpose
in
writing
the
passage?
A．To
suggest
ways
to
improve
children’s
reading.
B．To
comment
on
a
famous
children’s
book.
C．To
encourage
children
to
read
scary
stories.
D．To
introduce
a
movie
based
on
a
children’s
book.
解析：选B。写作意图题。综观全文，文章评论的是一本深受老师、教育学者及孩子们喜爱的儿童读物。单元综合测试(三)
一、听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
请听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What
does
the
man
mean?
A．He
doesn’t
like
bike.
B．He’d
rather
have
a
bike.
C．He
even
doesn’t
have
a
bike.
2．How
many
times
was
the
man
late?
A．Two. B．Four. C．Twenty?two.
3．Why
is
Tony
crying?
A．He
can’t
get
up.
B．He
lost
his
pet
bird.
C．He
lost
his
favorite
toy.
4．What
is
the
man?
A．A
Chinese
teacher
in
a
school.
B．A
Chinese
teacher
in
a
university.
C．An
English
teacher
in
a
university.
5．Where
are
the
speakers
talking
about?
A．A
lecture.
B．Education.
C．Generation
gap.
第二节(共12小题；
每小题1.5分，
满分18分)
请听下面4段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，
从题中所给的A、B、C
三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，
每小题5秒钟；
听完后，
各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至8题。
6．What
are
the
speakers
talking
about?
A．A
singer
with
poor
ability.
B．A
singer
with
great
ability.
C．A
singer
with
little
money.
7．How
does
the
woman
think
the
singer’s
songs?
A．They
are
very
bad.
B．They
are
just
so?so.
C．They
are
very
new.
8．Why
does
the
man
think
it
is
unfair
for
the
singer?
A．He
thinks
people
with
musical
ability
like
that
should
be
treated
better.
B．He
thinks
the
man
is
poor
but
nobody
cares
about
it.
C．He
thinks
the
man
should
be
paid
more.
请听第7段材料，回答第9至11题。
9．What’s
the
relationship
between
the
speakers?
A．A
singer
and
his
fan.
B．Interviewer
and
interviewee.
C．A
singer
and
his
co?worker.
10．Where
did
the
man
start
his
career?
A．At
a
cafe.
B．In
a
club.
C．In
a
studio
company.
11．What
does
the
man
say
about
his
job?
A．Help
to
make
a
living.
B．Help
to
travel
to
Shanghai.
C．Help
to
meet
different
people.
请听第8段材料，回答第12至14题。
12．Where
does
the
conversation
most
likely
take
place?
A．Over
the
phone.
B．In
the
street.
C．In
a
hospital.
13．What’s
the
relationship
between
the
speakers?
A．Doctor
and
patient.
B．Waitress
and
guest.
C．Friends.
14．What
does
the
woman
ask
the
man
to
do?
A．Have
a
good
sleep.
B．See
a
doctor.
C．Take
some
medicine.
请听第9段材料，回答第15至17题。
15．Where
are
the
speakers
now?
A．In
the
man’s
office.
B．In
the
woman’s
office.
C．In
the
lift.
16．What’s
the
woman’s
nationality
probably?
A．British.
B．American.
C．Australian.
17．How
did
the
woman
come
back
to
her
room
after
eating?
A．By
elevator.
B．On
foot.
C．Not
mention.
第三节(共3小题；
每小题1.5分，
满分4.5分)
请听下面一段独白，用所听到的独白中的词或数填空，每空限填一个词或一个数。在听本段独白前，你将有时间阅读各小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。本段独白读两遍。
请听第10段材料，回答第18至20题。
A
person’s
intelligence,
The
kind
of
brain
he
is
born
with.
The
kind
of
18.____________that
affects
him.
The
case
of
the
twins,
Peter,John
Raised
by
parents
of
low
intelligence
in
an
isolated
community
with
poor
educational
opportunities.,Educated
in
the
home
of
19．________
parents
who
had
been
to
college.
John’s
IQ
was
25.25
points
higher
than
the
average
and
40
points
higher
than
that
of
his
20.____________brother.Difficult
Words
and
Phrases
make
a
fool
of愚弄，欺骗 earn
a
living谋生，维持生活
isolated偏远的；隔离的
well?to?do富有的，宽裕的
听力材料：
Text
1
W：I
wish
I
had
a
new
car.
M：I
would
be
satisfied
just
to
have
a
bike.
Text
2
W：I
was
late
for
school
four
times
this
term.How
about
you?
M：I
was
late
only
twice，but
Rose
was
late
more
than
twenty?two
times.
Text
3
M：What’s
wrong
with
Tony?
W：His
pet
bird
died
this
morning.He
has
been
sitting
still
for
quite
a
long
time
and
is
still
crying
in
his
room.
Text
4
W：Do
you
teach
Chinese
in
a
middle
school?
M：No.I
teach
English
in
a
university.
W：Oh，I
thought
you
were
a
Chinese
teacher.
Text
5
M：Did
you
attend
the
lecture
last
night?
W：No.I
visited
my
aunt
in
the
hospital.What
was
it
about?
M：It’s
centered
on
the
parents’
role
in
the
education
of
their
children.According
to
the
lecturer，children
tend
to
do
their
best
when
they
see
their
parents
making
similar
efforts.
Text
6
W：He
is
very
good，isn’t
he?
M：Sorry，what
did
you
say?
W：I
said
the
singer
is
very
great.
M：Yes，and
interesting
to
watch.
W：Oh，yes.He’s
always
at
exactly
the
same
place
on
Saturdays
when
I
come
into
town.I
think
he
probably
writes
the
music
and
words
because
I’ve
never
heard
any
of
the
songs
before.
M：It’s
not
fair.
W：What
do
you
mean?
M：People
with
musical
ability
like
that
have
to
stand
here
to
make
a
living?
W：Perhaps
he
enjoys
it
or
makes
more
money
than
you
think.
M：I
hope
so.
Text
7
W：It’s
my
pleasure
to
welcome
Don
to
our
studio.
M：I
am
very
pleased
to
be
on
your
show.
W：How
did
you
start
your
singing
career?
M：My
father
gave
me
a
guitar
when
I
left
school.We
were
quite
a
poor
family
at
that
time，so
I
was
very
happy.Later，I
started
playing
the
guitar
and
singing
at
a
cafe
in
order
to
earn
a
living.
W：What
do
you
think
of
the
city
of
Shanghai?
M：Well，I
haven’t
seen
much
of
it
yet
because
I
am
terribly
busy.But
it
looks
like
a
great
city!
W：What
do
you
like
about
being
a
singer?
M：I
can
travel
anywhere
I
like
and
meet
different
people.It’s
great!
Text
8
W：Hello，John.It’s
Ann.How
are
you
feeling
now?
M：Not
too
well，I’m
afraid.
W：Did
you
go
to
see
the
doctor
this
morning?
M：No，I
didn’t.I
think
I
just
need
some
sleep
and
I’ll
be
OK.
W：Listen，why
don’t
you
go
to
see
the
doctor？There
is
a
clinic
on
Lincoln
Street.It’s
not
far
from
your
apartment.
M：I
don’t
want
to
go
to
see
the
doctor
for
a
common
cold.I
know
I’ll
be
all
right
after
a
night’s
sleep.
W：But
do
you
still
remember
we
have
a
surprise
party
for
Linda
tomorrow？Are
you
sure
you
can
be
well
enough
for
the
party?
M：Oh，yes.You
are
right.I
guess
I
should
see
a
doctor.
Text
9
W：Hi，glad
you
could
finally
see
me
in
my
office.
M：I
made
a
fool
of
myself
in
the
lift.
W：What
happened?
M：Well，your
office
is
on
the
second
floor.I
tried
to
take
the
elevator
up
to
the
first
floor.
W：Ha，I
see.So
in
your
country，where
is
the
first
floor?
M：It’s
up
one
story.The
bottom
level
is
called
the
ground
floor.I
sure
feel
stupid.
W：When
I
was
in
America
I
had
a
similar
problem.The
hotel
I
stayed
in
didn’t
have
a
13th
floor.I
took
the
lift
up
and
put
my
bags
in
my
room
on
the
14th
floor，and
then
I
went
out
to
get
something
to
eat.When
I
came
back
I
decided
to
take
the
stairs
up
to
my
room
and
you
can
imagine
what
happened.
M：They
didn’t
mark
the
floor
numbers
in
the
stair
well，right?
W：Right.I
ended
up
getting
lost.
Text
10
M：A
person’s
intelligence
is
decided
by
two
factors.The
first
is
the
kind
of
brain
he
is
born
with.A
person
will
have
a
low
level
of
intelligence
unless
he
has
opportunities
to
learn，so
the
second
factor
is
the
kind
of
environment
that
affects
him.
The
importance
of
environment
can
be
shown
by
the
case
history
of
the
twins，Peter
and
John.When
the
twins
were
three
months
old，their
parents
died，and
they
were
placed
in
separate
homes.Peter
was
raised
by
parents
of
low
intelligence
in
an
isolated
community
with
poor
educational
opportunities.John，however，was
educated
in
the
home
of
well?to?do
parents
who
had
been
to
college.The
environmental
difference
continued
until
the
twins
were
in
their
late
teens.When
they
were
given
tests
to
measure
their
intelligence，John’s
IQ
was
25.25
points
higher
than
the
average
and
40
points
higher
than
that
of
his
identical
brother.
答案：1～5.CABCA 6～10.BCABA 11～15.CACBB
16～17.AB 18.environment 19.well?to?do 20.identical
二、英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节 单项填空(共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分)
请从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
21．When
and
where
to
go
for
the
holiday
still________.
A．are
remained
to
decide
B．is
remaining
to
decide
C．remain
to
be
decided
D．remains
to
be
decided
解析：选D。remain后可跟动词不定式，句中
when
and
where作remain的主语，故谓语用单数；decide与其逻辑主语是被动关系，故用动词不定式的被动形式。
22．How
terrible!
The
truck
hit
the
wall
to
avoid________the
child.
A．hurt
B．to
hurt
C．hurts
D．hurting
解析：选
D。avoid
doing
sth.“避免干某事”，故选D。
23．Tell
John
not
to
leave
the
house
unless
he________that
the
lights________.
A．will
make
sure;
will
be
turned
off
B．will
make
sure;
will
turn
off
C．makes
sure;
are
turned
off
D．is
made
sure;
will
be
turned
off
解析：选C。unless引导的条件状语从句通常用一般现在时表示一般将来时；make
sure后的宾语从句通常用一般现在时，故选C。
24．First
impressions
are
the
most
lasting.
After
all,
you
never
get________second
chance
to
make________first
impression.
A．a;
the
B．the;
the
C．a;
a
D．the;
a
解析：选C。此题考查冠词。句意：“第一印象是最长久的，毕竟你再也得不到一次留下第一印象的机会。”序数词与不定冠词连用表示“再一次，又一次”的意思。
25．—Would
she
mind
playing
against
her
former
teammates?
—________She
is
willing
to
play
against
any
tough
players.
A．I
think
so.
B．I’m
not
surprised.
C．Of
course.
D．Not
likely!
解析：选D。此题考查交际用语。句意：“——她介意对抗她以前的队友吗？”“——不可能介意，她愿意与任何厉害的对手打比赛。”根据答语部分的信息可知，说话者认为她不介意，故D项是最佳选项。I
think
so“我认为介意”；I’m
not
surprised“我并不感到惊奇”，没有回答对方的问题；Of
course“当然介意了”。
26．I
have
offered
to
paint
the
house________a
week’s
accommodation.
A．in
exchange
for
B．with
regard
to
C．by
means
of
D．in
place
of
解析：选A。句意：我用提供粉刷房子的服务来换取一周的住宿。in
exchange
for为固定词组，意为“交换”。
27．Peter
took
advantage________his
visit
to
Paris
to
improve
his
French.
A．on
B．at
C．with
D．of
解析：选D。
take
advantage
of
“利用”。
28．Rose
couldn’t
concentrate________what
she
was
doing________her
family
were
watching
TV.
A．to;
when
B．on;
while
C．for;
when
D．in；while
解析：选B。
concentrate
on/upon集中精力于……；while此处表示“当……时候”，与延续性动词连用。
29．The
reason________his
being
late
was________he
got
up
late.
A．why;
that
B．why;
because
C．for;
that
D．for;
because
解析：选C。表示“……的原因”可以用the
reason
for(
doing)
sth.或“the
reason
why＋定语从句”；第二空用that引导表语从句，故选C。
30．________with
a
quite
ordinary
star
like
the
sun,
the
earth
is
small
indeed.
A．Compare
B．When
comparing
C．Comparing
D．When
compared
解析：选D。句意：和太阳这样的普通星球相比，地球实际上非常小。when
compared
with＝when
the
earth
is
compared
with...
。
31．I
don’t
believe
the
reason________he
has
given
for
his
absence.
A．why
B．for
C．what
D．that
解析：选D。先行词在定语从句中作宾语，而不是原因状语，故应用that引导定语从句。
32．The
police
are
offering
a
$
60,000________for
information
about
the
killer.
A．price
B．prize
C．award
D．reward
解析：选D。句意：警方正悬赏6万美元寻找能查出凶手的线索。price“价格”；prize“奖金，奖品”；award“奖，奖品”；reward“报酬，酬金”。由句意可知选D项。
33．The
soldier
walks________he________a
general.
A．as
if;
likes
B．as
though;
were
C．even
if;
as
D．even
though;
was
解析：选B。句意：这个士兵走起路来好像是一个将军。as
if(＝as
though)仿佛，好像；even
if(＝even
though)即使；在虚拟语气中was常用were。故选B项。
34．________matters
most
in
learning
English
is
enough
practice.
A．What
B．Why
C．Where
D．Which
解析：选A。句意：在学习英语中最重要的是足够的练习。分析句子结构可知“matters
most
in
learning
English”部分为主语从句，从句中缺少主语，结合句意可知选A。
35．I
was
about
to
leave
for
work________the
telephone
rang.
A．as
B．until
C．while
D．when
解析：选D。be
about
to
do...
when...为固定句式。句意：我就要动身去上班，这时电话铃响了。when表示“就在这时/那时”。
第二节 完形填空(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
请阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36～55各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
It
is
exciting
to
visit
different
places.
As
you__36__，
you
will
see
beautiful__37__typical
of
the
region.__38__，
you
can
make
friends
with
people
of
different__39__and
races.
Finally,
you
can
get
to
know
the
customs
and
living
__40__
of
the
local
people.
Today
people
are
so
fond
of__41__that
tourism
has
become
one
of
the
fastest
growing
industries
in
many
countries.
The__42__reason
why
people
travel
is,
perhaps,
for__43__.For
example,
having
worked
hard
throughout
the
weekdays,
people
will
find
a
weekend
trip
to
the__44__mountains
or
beaches
for
a
real
relaxation(放松).
For__45__example,
spending
an
annual
(每年的)
holiday__46__abroad
is
an
especially__47__experience
for
those
who
do
not
have
much
of
a__48__to
be
away
from
their
homeland.
When
people__49__their
travel,
they
will
generally
feel
fresh
and__50__，
ready
to
work
harder.
Travelling
is
also
one
of
the
best
means
for__51__.
You
may
have
read
or
heard
about
something
but
you
can
never
get
a
clear
picture
of
it__52__you
see
it
for
yourself.
Seeing
is
believing.
Furthermore,
if
you
are
a
careful
observer,
you
can
learn
much
during
your
travel
about
the__53__，
biology,
and
history
of
the
places
you__54__.
No
matter
how
well
educated
you
are,
there
is
always
a
lot
for
you
to
learn
through
travelling.
The
knowledge
acquired
from
travel,
as
you
will
have
found
in
your
life,
is__55__valuable
than
that
from
any
reference
book.
36．A.fly
B．travel
C．go
D．grow
解析：选B。as
you
travel当你旅行的时候。文章第一句话中的“visit(参观)”已给出了提示。
37．A.surroundings
B．views
C．scenery
D．scenes
解析：选C。scenery风景、景色的总称。surroundings环境，与“旅游”没有联系；view与scene都是scenery的一部分。
38．A.And
B．Instead
C．Therefore
D．Besides
解析：选D。besides在此处作副词用，表示“此外”。
39．A.colours
B．countries
C．skins
D．places
解析：选A。colours与races并列，表示“不同肤色、不同种族的人”。
40．A.approach
B．features
C．life
D．methods
解析：选B。living
features指“生活特色”。
41．A.journey
B．spending
C．touring
D．travelling
解析：选D。与前文对应，故用travelling。
42．A.main
B．most
C．mostly
D．exact
解析：选A。main
reason主要原因。
43．A.a
pleasure
B．pleasure
C．work
D．business
解析：选B。由下文可知要用for
pleasure(为了取乐，作为消遣)。
44．A.near
B．nearby
C．distant
D．high
解析：选B。nearby是形容词，表示“附近的”。near表示“(距离)近的”时多作表语，由常识可知C项和D项不切题。
45．A.another
B．the
other
C．one
D．/
解析：选A。
for
another
example再举一例。
46．A.to
travel
B．to
work
C．living
D．travelling
解析：选D。spend...doing...花费……做……，且由上下文可推知此处应是去国外旅游，故选D。
47．A.satisfied
B．satisfying
C．unpleasant
D．terrible
解析：选B。对于一直在家乡的人来说，去国外旅行当然是一次令人满意的经历了。satisfying令人满意的。
48．A.money
B．time
C．chance
D．hope
解析：选C。much
of
a
chance“很大机会的”，其他选项没有这种用法。
49．A.go
on
B．think
about
C．return
from
D．talk
of
解析：选C。此处是指“他们旅游回来后，会觉得精力充沛”。
50．A.tired
B．energetic
C．strong
D．exciting
解析：选B。energetic与fresh是同义词，表示“精神饱满的”。
51．A.sleep
B．work
C．making
friends
D．learning
解析：选D。这是旅行的第三个益处。前面介绍了两个：一是了解风土人情；二是恢复精力；第三个则是能够学习。
52．A.until
B．when
C．after
D．except
解析：选A。考查until的用法。until与前面的never连用，意为“直到……才……”。
53．A.foreign
countries
B．foreign
people
C．foreign
customs
D．geography
解析：选D。四个备选项中只有geography与biology，history属于同一范畴。
54．A.travel
B．tour
C．visit
D．go
解析：选C。visit是及物动词，可直接接宾语。you
visit为省略引导词的定语从句。
55．A.no
more
B．no
less
C．much
D．less
解析：选B。no
less
valuable
than...意为“和……一样有价值”。
三、阅读理解(共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分)
请阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
My
friend
Paul
will
never
forget
his
first
chemistry
teacher.
He
was
a
little
man
with
thick
glasses,
but
he
had
a
strange
way
of
making
his
classes
lively
and
interesting.
And
his
lessons
were
not
easily
forgotten.
Paul
remembers
one
of
his
first
lessons
from
this
teacher.
After
the
students
were
all
in
the
chemistry
lab,
the
teacher
took
out
three
bottles.
One
was
filled
with
petrol,
one
with
castor
oil
(蓖麻油)
and
one
with
vinegar
(醋).
“Now
watch
carefully，”
said
the
teacher.
He
then
filled
a
cup
with
some
of
the
petrol,
some
of
the
castor
oil
and
some
of
the
vinegar.
As
the
students
watched
him
quietly,
he
mixed
the
three
together.
After
that,
he
held
up
one
of
his
fingers
and
showed
it
to
the
class.
He
then
dipped
it
into
the
cup.
After
a
few
seconds
he
took
his
finger
out.
“Now
watch，”
he
said.
“Remember,
you_must_do_everything_as_I_do.”
He
put
a
finger
in
his
mouth,
tasted
it
and
smiled,
looking
rather
pleased.
Then
he
handed
the
cup
around
the
class
of
students.
Each
student
dipped
a
finger
into
the
mixture
and
sucked
(吮吸)
it.
Instead
of
smiling,
each
of
them
made
a
face.
The
mixture
tasted
terrible.
When
the
cup
was
at
last
returned
to
the
teacher,
he
said
sadly,
“I’
m
sorry
none
of
you
watched
carefully
enough.
Yes,
sucked
a
finger,
but
the
finger
I
put
into
my
mouth
was
not
the
one
I
had
dipped
into
the
cup.
”
It
was
Paul’s
first
important
lesson
as
a
student
of
chemistry
and
he
will
never
forget
it.
【解题导语】本文主要介绍了保罗的第一堂化学课。
56．What
did
the
teacher
fill
a
cup
with?
A.
Some
petrol
and
some
castor
oil.
B．Some
petrol
and
some
vinegar.
C．Some
castor
oil
and
some
vinegar.
D．Some
petrol,
some
castor
oil
and
some
vinegar.
解析：选D。细节理解题。根据文章第三段第一句可知答案为D。
57.What
does
the
sentence
“you
must
do
everything
as
I
do”
mean
in
Paragraph
3?
A．You
should
follow
me.
B．You
must
do
everything
in
the
whole
process
of
the
experiment.
C．You
should
do
everything
yourselves.
D．You
should
only
do
something.
解析：选A。句意理解题。根据文章第四段中的“学生把手指伸进混合物，然后吮吸手指”可知，这句话的意思是“你们必须照我的样子做”。
58．What
did
the
teacher
give
to
the
students
in
the
first
lesson?
A．Some
knowledge
on
chemistry.
B．Some
knowledge
on
experiment.
C．Instruction
in
mixing
liquids.
D．Instruction
in
the
right
way
to
learn
science.
解析：选D。推理判断题。这堂课的主要目的是让学生们”仔细观察”老师的动作，即教给学生正确学习科学的方法。
59．What
was
Paul’s
attitude
towards
this
teacher?
A．He
disliked
the
teacher.
B.
He
respected
and
liked
him.
C．He
liked
the
teacher
because
the
teacher
looked
interesting.
D．He
liked
the
teacher
because
the
teacher
is
a
chemistry
teacher
and
he
likes
chemistry
very
much.
解析：选B。推理判断题。根据文章第一段内容可推知保罗很尊敬而且很喜欢这位老师。
B
Many
processes
within
our
bodies
are
timed
to
a
cycle
of
about
twenty?four
hours.
If
the
body
temperature
is
taken
every
hour
or
so
throughout
the
day
and
night,
each
person
is
found
to
have
a
certain
pattern.
The
temperature
rises
and
falls
by
about
two
degrees
every
twenty?four
hours.
Some
people’s
temperatures
rise
very
rapidly
after
awakening
and
then
begin
to
fall
in
the
afternoon
and
evening.
For
others
their
temperatures
rise
very
slowly
at
first,
reach
a
peak
in
the
late
afternoon
or
evening,
and
do
not
begin
to
drop
until
quite
late
in
the
day.
In
all
cases,
a
person’s
temperature
is
at
its
lowest
during
the
time
of
sleep.
People
tend
to
feel
most
wide?awake
and
can
work
best
at
the
high
point
of
their
temperature.
You
may
have
noticed
that
some
people
jump
out
of
bed
bright
and
early
and
are
cheerful
and
active
during
the
early
part
of
the
day,
then
grow
tired
in
the
evening
and
go
to
bed
quite
early.
Others
find
it
difficult
to
get
up
in
the
morning
and
do
not
seem
able
to
get
along
very
well
until
afternoon;
during
the
evening,
they
are
wide?awake
and
hate
to
go
to
bed.
People
can
usually
adjust
to
a
different
schedule
if
necessary,
but
it
seems
to
be
more
difficult
for
some
people
than
for
others.
【解题导语】很多体内活动以24小时为一个周期进行循环，不同的人在不同的时间体温变化不同，人的精力在时间上的表现也不同。
60．The
writer
says
that
people’s
body
temperature________.
A．rises
by
two
degrees
when
they
first
wake
up
and
falls
by
two
degrees
when
they
go
to
bed
B．rises
and
falls
by
two
degrees
while
they
sleep
C．rises
and
falls
by
two
degrees
each
day
D．never
changes
解析：选C。细节理解题。由本文第三句话可知答案。
61．In
general,
people
can
get
more
done________.
A．in
the
morning
B．when
their
temperature
is
the
highest
C．when
their
temperature
is
the
lowest
D．in
the
middle
of
the
day
解析：选B。细节理解题。由本文第七句话“People
tend
to
feel
most
wide?awake
and
can
work
best
at
the
high
point
of
their
temperature.”可知，答案为B。
62．When
people
are
sleeping________.
A．their
body
temperature
does
not
change
B．their
body
temperature
is
lower
than
it
is
in
the
morning
C．their
body
temperature
is
higher
than
it
is
in
the
morning
D．their
body
temperature
can
change
as
much
as
two
degrees
解析：选B。细节理解题。由本文第六句话可知，当人们睡觉的时候体温较低。
63．What
does
the
word
“peak”
mean?
A．Change.
B．Low
point.
C．High
point.
D．Temperature.
解析：选C。词义猜测题。由本文第五句话可知，对另一些人来说他们的体温先是慢慢上升，达到peak后再下降，由此可以判断peak意为“最高点，高峰”。
C
Of
all
the
websites,
one
that
has
attracted
attention
recently
is
MySpace.
com.
Most
of
this
attention
has
come
from
the
media
and
tells
every
reason
why
the
website
should
be
shut
down.
The
threat
of
Internet
predators
(掠夺者)
is
indeed
a
tough
reality,
but
shutting
down
the
site
is
not
the
answer.
If
MySpace.
com
were
shut
down,
another
site
would
quickly
take
its
place.
Therefore,
the
right
way
is
to
teach
teens
how
to
use
the
site
safely
and
educate
them
about
who
may
be
predators
and
how
to
avoid
them.
The
key
to
staying
safe
on
the
Internet
is
to
make
sure
that
your
profile
(个人资料)
is
secure.
The
simplest
way
is
to
change
the
privacy
setting
on
your
profile
to
“private”，
which
protects
your
information
so
that
only
the
people
on
your
friend
list
can
view
it.
Although
this
is
effective,
it
is
not
perfect.
Predators
can
find
ways
to
view
your
profile
if
they
really
want
to,
whether
through
hacking
in
or
figuring
out
their
way
onto
your
friend
list.
Thus,
you
should
never
post
too
much
personal
information.
Some
people
actually
post
their
home
and
school
addresses,
date
of
birth,
and
other
personal
information,
often
letting
predators
know
exactly
where
they
will
be
and
when.
The
safest
information
is
your
first
name
and
province.
Anything
more
is
basically
inviting
a
predator
into
your
life.
Another
big
issue
is
photos.
I
suggest
completely
skipping
photos
and
never
posting
a
photo
of
a
friend
online
without
asking
for
permission.
Most
importantly,
never,
under
any
circumstances,
agree
to
a
real?life
meeting
with
anyone
you
meet
online.
No
matter
how
well
you
think
you
know
this
person,
there
are
no
guarantees
that
they
have
told
the
truth.
But
you
could
feel
free
to
chat
with
people
you
meet
on
the
site,
but
just
remember
that
not
everyone
is
who
they
say
they
are.
Hopefully,
the
next
time
you
edit
your
profile,
you
’
ll
be
more
informed
of
the
dangers
of
Internet
predators
and
take
the
steps
to
defend
yourself.
【解题导语】文章讲述的是有关青少年上网的安全问题。
64．Kids
can
avoid
Web
predators
successfully
by________.
A．attracting
more
public
attention
B．shutting
down
the
website
“MySpace.
com”
C．showing
the
kids
ways
to
try
other
sites
D．recognizing
and
getting
away
from
them
解析：选D。细节理解题。由第一段最后一句“Therefore，the
right
way
is
to
teach
teens
how
to
use
the
site
safely
and
educate
them
about
who
may
be
predators
and
how
to
avoid
them.”可得出答案。
65．The
safest
basic
personal
information
that
you
can
share
online
is________.
A．your
home
address
and
birthday
B．your
school
address
and
your
first
name
C．your
first
name
and
province
D．your
province
and
cellphone
number
解析：选C。细节理解题。由第二段中的“The
safest
information
is
your
first
name
and
province.”可得出答案。
66．We
can
learn
from
the
passage
that________.
A．not
everybody
you
meet
online
is
honest
and
reliable
B．it
is
not
acceptable
to
post
a
photo
of
a
friend
online
C．it
is
not
safe
to
chat
with
grown?ups
on
the
website
D．only
you
and
your
friends
can
view
your
personal
profile
解析：选A。推理判断题。由最后一段中的“No
matter
how
well
you
think
you
know
this
person,
there
are
no
guarantees
that
they
have
told
the
truth”．可推出答案。
67．Which
could
be
the
best
title
of
this
passage?
A．Web
safety
for
teens
B．Personal
safety
C．Web
hackers
in
the
past
D．Predators’
tricks
解析：选A。标题概括题。根据文章内容可知，文章讲述的是有关青少年上网的安全问题。
D
It
is
important
to
make
your
child
interested
in
science
from
an
early
age.
Most
young
children
ask
a
lot
of
questions
and
you
should
give
careful
scientific
answers.
Don’t
only
give
facts,
but
try
to
give
explanations.
Science
is
not
just
knowledge;
it
is
a
way
of
thinking,
a
method
of
finding
out
about
the
world.
We
see
something.
We
try
to
explain
it,
and
we
test
our
idea
by
setting
up
an
experiment.
One
day
you
come
home
and
find
the
plant
on
the
table
has
fallen
down.
You
think
it
might
be
the
wind
from
the
open
window
or
the
cat,
so
you
close
the
window,
but
leave
the
cat
in
and
see
what
happens
(
you
can
also
try
leaving
the
window
open
and
shutting
the
cat
out).
Of
course,
you
remember
there
may
be
a
third
explanation.
Ask
your
child
to
get
a
piece
of
string,
some
salt,
a
glass
of
water
and
an
ice
cube.
Tell
him/her
to
put
the
ice
in
the
water,
and
then
put
one
end
of
the
string
on
the
ice,
leaving
the
other
end
over
the
side
of
the
glass.
Put
a
little
salt
on
the
ice.
Wait
a
minute,
and
then
pull
the
string;
it
should
be
attached
to
the
ice.Ask
the
child,
“What
has
happened？”
Probably
he/she
won’t
know.
Ask
him/her
whether
fresh
water
or
salt
water
freezes
into
ice
first.
If
you
live
near
the
sea
and
have
a
cold
winter,
he/she
should
know
fresh
water
freezes
first
as
he/she
will
have
seen
that
happened.
Show
him/her
how
to
test
the
idea
by
half
filling
two
paper
cups
(they
must
be
the
same,
or
it
is
not
a
good
experiment)
with
water,
adding
salt
to
one.
Then
put
them
in
the
icebox
and
check
every
three
minutes.
Write
the
results
in
a
table.
The
conclusion
will
be
that
salt
changes
the
behavior
of
water.
Thinking
about
the
string,
we
see
the
salt
turned
some
of
the
ice
into
water.
Then
the
salt
went
away
into
the
water,
and
the
ice
froze
again
leaving
the
string
attached.
Then
you
can
ask,
“Will
water
with
salt
boil
at
the
same
temperature
as
water
without
salt？”
He/She
can
think,
tell
you
his/her
idea
and
(taking
care
because
of
the
heat)
you
can
test
it
in
the
kitchen.
【解题导语】本文主要举例说明了应如何使孩子对科学感兴趣。
68．Which
of
the
following
is
the
best
title
for
the
passage?
A．What’s
science
B．A
simple
experiment
with
salt
and
water
C．How
to
teach
your
child
science
D．How
to
answer
your
child’
s
questions
解析：选C。标题概括题。本文主要说明的是如何使孩子对科学感兴趣。
B、D两项都太片面。
69．The
underlined
word
“it”
in
the
third
paragraph
refers
to________.
A．salt
B．water
C．glass
D．string
解析：选D。词义猜测题。根据“Wait
a
minute，and
then
pull
the
string;
it
should
be
attached
to
the
ice.”可知，it在此指string。
70．From
the
passage,
we
know
that________.
A．fresh
water
freezes
into
ice
first
B．salt
water
freezes
into
ice
first
C．fresh
water
and
salt
water
freeze
at
the
same
speed
D．water
with
salt
boils
at
the
same
temperature
as
water
without
salt
解析：选A。细节理解题。根据第四段中的”．..he/she
should
know
fresh
water
freezes
first...”可知答案。
71．Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
according
to
the
passage?
A．You
can
tell
your
child
nothing
about
the
facts,
but
you
must
give
explanations
when
your
child
asks
you
some
scientific
questions.
B．The
author
asks
us
to
test
our
idea
by
carrying
out
an
experiment.
C．The
author
often
finds
his
plant
falls
off
the
table.
D．A
child
should
start
learning
science
when
he/she
is
five
years
old.
解析：选B。细节理解题。根据第二段中的第三句话“We
try
to
explain
it，and
we
test
our
idea
by
setting
up
an
experiment.”可知答案。
E
In
Britain
and
other
countries,
young
people
sometimes
take
a
“gap
year”，
a
year
off
between
high
school
and
college.
This
idea
never
gained
a
big
following
in
America.
Recent
news
reports
have
suggested
that
interest
may
be
growing,
though
there
are
no
official
numbers.
Charles
Deacon
is
the
dean
of
admissions
at
Georgetown
University
in
Washington
D.
C．.He
estimates
that
in
the
current
first?year
class
of
1,600
students,
only
about
25
decided
to
take
a
year
off.
He
says
this
number
hasn’t
changed
much
over
the
years.
Mr.
Deacon
says
the
most
common
reason
for
taking
a
“gap
year”
is
to
have
a
chance
to
travel,
but
he
says
international
students
may
take
a
“gap
year”
to
meet
requirements
at
home
for
military
duty.
Some
high
school
graduates
see
a
year
off
as
a
chance
to
recover
after
twelve
years
of
required
education,
but
it
can
also
give
students
a
chance
to
explore
their
interests.
Students
hoping
to
be
doctors,
for
example,
could
learn
about
the
profession
by
volunteering
in
a
hospital.
Many
colleges
and
universities
support
gap?year
projects
by
permitting
students
to
delay
their
admission.
Experts
say
students
can
grow
emotionally
and
intellectually
as
they
work
at
something
they
enjoy.
The
Harvard
Admissions
Office
has
an
essay
on
its
website
called
“Time
Out
or
Bum
Out
for
the
Next
Generation”.
It
praises
the
idea
of
taking
time
off
to
step
back,
think
and
enjoy
gaining
life
experiences
outside
the
pressure
of
studies.
It
also
notes
that
students
are
sometimes
admitted
to
Harvard
or
other
colleges
partly
because
they
did
something
unusual
with
that
time.
Of
course,
a
“gap
year”
is
not
for
everyone.
Students
might
miss
their
friends
who
go
on
directly
to
college,
and
parents
might
worry
that
their
children
will
decide
not
to
go
to
college
once
they
take
time
off.
Another
concern
is
money.
A
year
off,
away
from
home,
can
be
costly.
Holly
Bull’s
job
is
to
specialize
in
helping
students
plan
their
“gap
year”.
She
notes
that
several
books
have
been
written
about
this
subject.
She
says
these
books
along
with
media
attention
and
the
availability
of
information
on
the
Internet
have
increased
interest
in
the
idea
of
a
year
off,
and
she
points
out
that
many
gap?year
programs
cost
far
less
than
a
year
of
college.
【解题导语】在英国和其他一些国家，学生在高中毕业后、上大学前有一年的时间可以不去上学，这段时间可以被用来参加社会实践，人们把这段时间称为”gap
year”。目前，一些大学鼓励学生利用这段时间去更多地体验生活，一些家长却深表担忧，认为这样有可能会耽误孩子的前程。
72．What
is
the
passage
mainly
about?
A．More
and
more
American
students
are
choosing
to
take
a
year
off.
B．If
you
want
to
go
to
an
American
university,
take
a
“gap
year”
first.
C．It
is
likely
that
taking
a
“gap
year”
is
becoming
popular
in
America.
D．The
Americans
hold
different
opinions
on
students’
taking
a
“gap
year”．
解析：选C。主旨大意题。结合第一段以及最后一段的后半部分可推测C项正确。
73．How
many
reasons
for
students’
taking
a
“gap
year”
are
mentioned
in
the
passage?
A．2
B．3
C．4
D．5
解析：选C。细节理解题。结合第三段和第四段可知这四种原因分别是to
travel,
to
meet
requirements
at
home
for
military
duty,
to
recover
after
twelve
years
of
required
education,
to
explore
their
interests.。
74．The
essay
“Time
Out
or
Bum
Out
for
the
Next
Generation”
suggests
that________.
A.
every
student
must
take
a
“gap
year”
before
applying
for
a
famous
university
B．some
famous
universities
encourage
students
to
gain
more
life
experiences
C．taking
a
“gap
year”
can
make
students
free
from
life
learning
D．the
stress
of
studies
does
harm
to
students’
health
解析：选B。推理判断题。根据本段最后一句可知哈佛大学和其他一些大学录取这些学生的部分原因是他们曾经在这一年中做过一些非同寻常的事情，由此可推测一些著名大学鼓励学生更多地去体验生活。
75．What
can
we
learn
from
the
passage?
A.
Books
and
media
have
contributed
to
students’
interest
in
school
learning.
B．Charles
Deacon
doesn’t
support
the
idea
of
students’
taking
a
“gap
year”．
C．Parents
might
disagree
with
the
program，concerned
about
their
children’s
future.
D．Experts
agree
taking
a
year
off
will
benefit
students
emotionally
and
physically.
解析：选C。推理判断题。根据倒数第二段可知父母对这个计划深表担忧，认为有可能会耽误孩子的前程。D项中的emotionally
and
physically与第五段中的emotionally
and
intellectually不吻合。
四、写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
以下标有题号的每一行均有一个错误，请找出，并按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下画一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
You
can
speak
to
people
on
other
side
of
the
earth
over
the76.____________________
telephone
under
the
help
of
satellites.
They
can
help
to
take77.____________________
photos
on
the
earth
and
produce
maps.
Some
pictures78.____________________
taking
by
satellites
show
us
the
exact
place
where
different
metals79.____________________
can
be
found.
They
can
also
tell
the
differences
between
healthy
plants
or80.____________________
poor
ones.
This
is
a
great
help
to
the
scientists
work
in
forestry
and
in81.__________________
agriculture.
Satellites
benefit
by
our
daily
life.
For
example,
satellites
for82.____________________
broadcasting
are
used
to
sending
radio
and
TV
programmes83.____________________
from
one
part
of
the
world
to
other.
It
is
satellites84.____________________
to
make
our
world
seem
smaller.85.____________________
答案：76.other前加the。the在此表示特指。
77．under→with
78．on→of。of表示所属关系。
79．taking→taken。pictures与take之间为被动关系。
80．or→and。between...and...是一个常用搭配。
81．work前加who/that或work改为working。
82．去掉by。此处benefit是及物动词，意为”使受益”，其后直接接宾语。
83．sending→send。be
used
to
do
sth.被用于做某事。
84．other→another。one...another为常用搭配。
85．to→that。考查强调句型。
第二节 书面表达(满分25分)
假如你叫李华，你在美国的好友Mike发邮件告诉你他十一月份打算来重庆参加汉语桥的比赛并且游览重庆。请你根据以下表格中的提示给他回复邮件，告诉他你为他这次旅游做的安排。内容如下：
接站,你将亲自去机场接他
住宿,住你家
活动,家庭聚会，游览滨江路、城市广场，品尝当地特色美食——火锅参考词汇：
riverside
road滨江路；city
square
城市广场
要求：
要包含表格中的全部内容，可以适当发挥。
词数：100左右。
【参考范文】
Dear
Mike,
My
parents
and
I
are
very
glad
to
hear
that
you
are
coming
to
Chongqing
in
November.
When
you
arrive,
I’ll
pick
you
up
at
the
airport.
You
can
stay
at
my
home.
We
have
a
spare
room
and
there
is
no
need
for
you
to
book
a
hotel.
We
will
hold
a
party
for
you,
and
delicious
food
will
be
served.
The
time
together
will
certainly
see
us
enjoy
ourselves
by
singing
and
dancing.
Chongqing
is
famous
for
its
beautiful
river
view,
so
riverside
road
is
a
must
to
see.
I’ll
also
show
you
around
a
few
city
squares
here.
One
thing
you
cannot
miss
is
the
local
food
—Hot
Pot,
spicy
but
really
nice.
I
think
you’ll
like
it
and
have
a
good
time
here.
We
are
looking
forward
to
your
arrival.
Yours,
Li
HuaⅠ.品句填词
1．These
plans
_____________(显出)a
complete
failure
of
imagination.
答案：reveal
2．Their
music
will
never
go
out
of
____________
(流行)
.
答案：fashion
3．How
can
she
____________
(付得起)to
eat
out
every
night?
答案：afford
4．David
watched
her
car
until
it
____________(消失)
from
view.
答案：disappeared
5.
Recent
____________(进步)
in
genetics
have
raised
moral
questions.
答案：advances
6．Dry
sand
____________(吸收)
water.
答案：absorbs
7．Wear
something
white—it
____________
(反射)the
heat.
答案：reflects
8．This
picture
was
even
more
____________(讨人喜欢的)
to
look
at
in
the
morning
light.
答案：pleasing
9．I
____________(完全地)
forgot
that
it
was
his
birthday
yesterday.
答案：completely
10．The
latest
model
of
this
washer
is
now
on
____________(销售)
in
your
shops.
答案：sale
Ⅱ.选词填空
keep
to;
be
appropriate
for;
in
my
opinion;
drop
to;
up
to
1．The
number
of
people
out
of
work
has
____________
2
million.
答案：dropped
to
2．He
weighs
____________
90
kilos.
答案：up
to
3．His
casual
clothes
________
not
________
such
a
formal
occasion.
答案：were；appropriate
for
4．____________
the
path
or
you’ll
lose
your
way.
答案：Keep
to
5．________________，
what
he
said
is
not
true
at
all.
答案：In
my
opinion
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．I’d
love
to
go
on
voyage
to
Tahiti
with
Robin,
but
I
doubt
if
we
could________it.
A．afford
B．offer
C．permit
D．receive
解析：选A。考查动词辨析。afford负担得起；offer提供；permit允许；receive接受。由句意可知A项符合题意。
2．—Do
you
mean
that
he
should
prepare
for
his
exam
one
year________？
—Sure.
Anyway,
the
early
bird
catches
the
worm.
A．in
advance
B．in
no
way
C．in
vain
D．in
hand
解析：选A。由答语中的“早起的鸟儿有虫吃”可知让对方提前准备考试。in
advance“提前”；
in
no
way“决不”；in
vain“白费”；in
hand“在处理之中”。
3．—Have
you
decided
which
house
to
buy?
—No,
not
yet.
I
must
find
a
house
that
is________for
all
kinds
of
transportation.
A．convenient
B．appropriate
C．available
D．content
解析：选A。convenient“方便的，便利的”，其主语通常是物，符合题意。
4．The
place________to
us
yesterday
was
the
most
beautiful
one
I
had
ever
seen.
A．showing
B．to
be
shown
C．shown
D．being
shown
解析：选C。考查非谓语动词作定语。show和the
place之间是被动关系，所以用过去分词作定语。
5．“One
World
One
Dream”
fully________the
universal
values
of
the
Olympic
spirit—Unity,
Friendship,
Progress,
Harmony,
Participation
and
Dream.
A．raises
B．reflects
C．understands
D．announces
解析：选B。句意：“同一个世界，同一个梦想”充分反映了奥林匹克精神的通用价值观——团结，友谊，进步，和谐，参与和梦想。raise提升；understand理解；announce宣布。只有reflect反映，符合题意，故选B。
6．Mary
was
so________in
her
work
that
she
didn’t
hear
anybody
knocking
at
the
door.
A．attracted
B．absorbed
C．drawn
D．concentrated
解析：选B。be
absorbed
in...全神贯注于……，符合语境。
7．The
Rock
Mountain
goat
of
North
America
is
not
a
true
goat________a
goat?antelope.
A．and
B．any
C．but
D．yet
解析：选C。考查固定句型：not...but...表示“不是……而是……”。
8．Many
players
who
had
been
highly
thought
of________from
the
tennis
scene.
A．sold
B．disappeared
C．prevented
D．turned
解析：选B。考查动词用法。空白处缺少动词，且为不及物动词，根据句意可知选B。
9．—Whose
advice
do
you
think
I
want
to
take?
—________.
A．You
speak
B．That’s
it
C．It’s
up
to
you
D．You
got
it
解析：选C。考查交际用语。It’s
up
to
you.意为“由你决定。”或“你说了算。”故C项正确。
10．So
I
told
myself
when
the
price
dropped________$500,
I
would
buy
one.
A．at
B．for
C．beyond
D．to
解析：选D。考查介词用法。drop与介词to搭配表示“下降到”，故选D项。句意：所以，我对我自己说，等到价格降到500美元，我就买一台。
Ⅳ.完形填空
Have
you
ever
noticed
this?
If
you
think
you
are
sick,
you
are
really__1__no
matter
what
anyone
else
says.
On
the
other
hand,
if
you
believe
in
your__2__，
and
if
he
tells
that
you
are
going
to
feel
better,
you
probably
will.
The
effect
of
the
mind
upon
the
body__3__and
sometimes
can
be
powerful.
It
exists__4__one
is
aware
of
it
or
not.
Take
the
case
of
Mrs.
Green
for
example.
She__5__get
to
sleep
at
night
and
was
too
tired
during
the
day
to
do
some__6__things
that
she
used
to
enjoy
doing.
She
had
headaches
more
often,
which
prevented
her
from
reading
or
watching
TV.
The
more
she
thought
about
her
conditions,
the__7__she
felt.
At
last
she
went
to
see
her
doctor,
whom
she
had
known__8__.
The
doctor
listened
to
her
and
gave
her
a
very__9__examination.
Then
he
said
to
her:
“There
is__10__wrong
with
you
physically，__11__I
accept
the
fact
that
you
don’t
feel
well.
I’m
going
to
give
you
some__12__that
should
help.I
want
you
to__13__one
after
dinner
and
one
half
an
hour__14__going
to
bed
tonight.
Call
me
tomorrow
and
tell
me__15__you
feel.
”
The
next
day
Mrs.
Green__16__，
“Doctor,
I
had
the
first__17__night’s
sleep
in
two
months
last
night.__18__is
in
these
pills？”
The
doctor
said,
“It’s
an
old
formula(配方)
I
have__19__for
years.
Just
keep
on
taking
them
for
a
week.
”Turning
to
the
nurse,
he
said
in
a
low
voice,
“It’s__20__what
a
little
baking
soda
can
do
!
”
1．A.healthy
B．well
C．sick
D．pleasant
解析：选C。如果你认为你病了，那么不管别人怎么说，你真的会病倒的。sick“生病的”，符合语境。
2．A.doctor
B．physician
C．surgeon
D．nurse
解析：选A。如果你信任你的医生，而且他告诉你会好转，你可能就会好起来。doctor“医生”符合语境。physician“外科医生”；surgeon“内科医生”；nurse“护士”。由下文的doctor亦可推知。
3．A.does
have
B．doesn’t
exist
C．never
have
D．does
exist
解析：选D。从下一句的“It
exists”可知应选D项，does用来强调谓语动词exist。
4．A.whether
B．neither
C．no
matter
D．either
解析：选A。不管一个人有没有意识到，这确实是存在的。只有whether能与or
not连用，表示“无论是否”。
5．A.was
uncapable
B．was
able
to
C．was
unable
to
D．could
解析：选C。从后文中可看出格林太太晚上无法入睡。be
unable
to
do“不能做……”。be
uncapable后应接介词of。
6．A.uneasy
B．unsuccessful
C．simple
D．trouble
解析：选C。由于夜间睡不着觉，使得格林太太白天疲劳得连以前喜欢做的简单的事都做不成。simple“简单的”符合语境。
7．A.worse
B．more
C．better
D．less
解析：选A。她越想自己的情况越觉得难受。由下文她去看医生可知，她的情况很糟糕。
8．A.before
long
B.
since
years
C．for
years
D．years
ago
解析：选C。格林太太认识这位医生很多年了。由从句时态是过去完成时可知，此处应选C项。before
long“不久后”；since后面一般接时间点；years
ago应与一般过去时连用。
9．A.serious
B．careful
C．general
D．clear
解析：选B。大夫为格林太太做了认真的检查。careful
examination“认真的检查”，符合语境。
10．A.nothing
serious
B．serious
nothing
C．nothing
seriously
D．seriously
nothing
解析：选C。修饰形容词wrong应用副词，且副词应放在名词之后，故选C项。
11．A.or
B．instead
C．but
D．and
解析：选C。“你的身体没什么大毛病，但我承认你感觉不舒服的事实。”此处上下两句为转折关系，故选but。
12．A.pills
B．advice
C．drinks
D．suggestions
解析：选A。从下文可知，医生给格林太太开了药，故此处选
pill“药片”。
13．A.eat
B．take
C．drink
D．use
解析：选B。你需要在晚饭后和睡前半小时各服一粒药。take
medicine“吃药”，为固定短语。
14．A.when
B．since
C．after
D．before
解析：选D。由常识可知，吃药应在睡觉前或准备睡觉时，由“half
an
hour”可知，此处为睡前。
15．A.what
B．whether
C．how
D．why
解析：选C。feel后接形容词构成系表结构，故此处应用how提问形容词。
16．A.called
B．wrote
C．complained
D．said
解析：选A。上文中提到，医生让格林太太第二天给他打电话，故call“打电话”，符合语境。
17．A.bad
B．terrible
C．good
D．right
解析：选C。由上下文可知，格林太太说两个月来，她第一次睡了个好觉。
18．A.Whoever
B．Whichever
C．However
D．Whatever
解析：选D。“你这药里面到底有什么？”此处用whatever来完整句子结构，同时加强语气。
19．A.sold
B．written
C．read
D．used
解析：选D。这是个我用了好几年的老药方。由常识可知，医生的药方不能“卖”，且由下文的“for
years”可排除write
和read。
20．A.curious
B．terrible
C．wonderful
D．serious
解析：选C。从上文可以看出，医生的药方起了作用，而药方只是苏打粉。wonderful“奇妙的”表现出药方的作用奇妙，符合语境。
Ⅴ.阅读理解
Football
is,
I
believe,
the
most
popular
game
in
England:
one
has
only
to
go
to
one
of
the
important
matches
to
see
this.
Rich
and
poor,
young
and
old,
one
can
see
them
all
there,
shouting
for
their
teams.
One
of
the
most
surprising
things
about
football
in
England
is
the
great
knowledge
of
the
game
which
even
the
smallest
boy
seems
to
have.
He
can
tell
you
the
names
of
the
players
in
most
of
the
important
teams.
He
has
pictures
of
them
and
knows
the
results
of
large
numbers
of
matches.
He
will
tell
you
who
he
thinks
will
win
such
a
match,
and
his
opinion
is
usually
as
good
as
that
of
men
three
or
four
times
of
his
age.
Most
schools
in
England
take
football
seriously(认真地)—much
more
seriously
than
nearly
all
European
schools,
where
lessons
are
all
that
are
important
and
games
are
left
for
the
children
themselves.
In
England
it
is
believed
that
education
is
not
only
a
matter
of
filling
a
boy’s
mind
with
facts
in
the
classroom;
education
also
means
the
training
of
character
by
means
of
games,
especially
team
games,
where
the
boy
or
girl
has
to
learn
to
work
with
others
for
his
or
her
team
instead
of
working
for
himself
or
herself
alone.
Therefore,_the
school
plans
games
and
matches
for
its
students.
Football
is
a
good
team
game.
It
is
good
both
for
the
body
and
the
mind.
That
is
why
it
is
every
school’s
game
in
England.
1．We
can
use________instead
of
the
underlined
word
“Therefore”
in
Paragraph
2.
A．However
B．As
a
result
C．Because
D．At
that
place
解析：选B。词义理解题。副词Therefore表示“因此”，所以选择同义短语As
a
result，故选B。
2．In
England,
education
means________.
A．filling
a
boy’s
mind
with
many
stories
B．training
character
by
taking
exercise
C．the
teaching
of
knowledge
only
D．more
than
the
teaching
of
knowledge
解析：选D。细节理解题。根据最后一段中In
England
it
is
believed
that
education
is
not
only
a
matter
of
filling
a
boy’s
mind
with
facts
in
the
classroom;
education
also
means
the
training
of
character...可知答案。
3．Football
games
are
very
popular
in
England
among________.
A．all
the
people
B．grown?ups
C．boys
only
D．boys
and
girls
解析：选A。推理判断题。参照第一段中Rich
and
poor,
young
and
old,
one
can
see
them
all
there,
shouting
for
their
teams.可知答案。
4．It
can
be
learned
from
the
passage
that________.
A．England
is
better
than
any
other
European
country
B．schools
in
England
use
team
games
for
character
training
C．football
is
more
important
than
lessons
in
the
classroom
D．only
some
schools
in
England
have
football
games
解析：选B。推理判断题。参照第二段中．..education
also
means
the
training
of
character
by
means
of
games,
especially
team
games以及Therefore,
the
school
plans
games
and
matches
for
its
students.可判断B正确。单元综合测试(二)
一、听力(共三节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
请听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1．What
does
the
woman
mean?
A．She
is
glad
to
give
the
man
any
change.
B．She
can’t
give
the
man
any
change.
C．She
has
got
a
lot
of
change.
2．Where
are
the
speakers?
A．In
a
cinema.
B．In
a
shoe
shop.
C．In
the
mountains.
3．What
does
the
man
mean?
A．He
needs
help
with
his
interview.
B．The
woman
can
use
his
car.
C．His
car
needs
repairing.
4．What
did
the
woman
do
during
the
Spring
Festival?
A．She
met
her
friends
at
home.
B．She
visited
her
uncle.
C．She
visited
her
friends.
5．What
will
the
man
probably
do
to
celebrate
Helen’s
birthday?
A．Buy
her
a
pair
of
shoes.
B．Take
her
to
see
a
film.
C．Buy
her
a
cake.
第二节(共12小题；每小题1.5分，满分18分)
请听下面4段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
请听第6段材料，回答第6至8题。
6．Where
does
the
conversation
take
place?
A．In
a
hotel.
B．At
a
restaurant.
C．In
a
store.
7．Why
didn’t
the
man
book
a
room
ahead
of
time?
A．He
was
too
busy
to
do
so.
B．His
friend
forgot
to
do
so.
C．His
wife
forgot
to
do
so.
8．What’s
the
price
of
the
double
room?
A．Six
pounds.
B．Sixteen
pounds.
C．Sixty
pounds.
请听第7段材料，回答第9至11题。
9．What
does
the
boy
come
for?
A．To
enter
for
the
summer
camp.
B．To
get
more
information
about
the
summer
camp.
C．To
get
more
information
for
his
friends.
10．What’s
the
entry
fee
for
the
boy
if
he
and
his
friend
enter
for
the
camp
together?
A．150
dollars. B．140
dollars. C．280
dollars.
11．How
long
will
the
summer
camp
run?
A．One
week.
B．Two
weeks.
C．Three
weeks.
请听第8段材料，回答第12至14题。
12．What
are
the
speakers
doing
now?
A．Talking
in
the
office.
B．Working
in
the
office.
C．Eating
at
a
restaurant.
13．What
does
the
woman
want
to
do?
A．To
talk
about
her
business
offer.
B．To
have
a
quite
dinner.
C．To
see
business
papers.
14．Why
does
the
man
refuse
the
woman?
A．He
doesn’t
want
to
talk
with
her.
B．He
thinks
dinner
time
is
eating
time.
C．He
would
not
like
to
talk
about
anything
during
dinner.
请听第9段材料，回答第15至17题。
15．How
many
McDonald’s
were
there
in
the
world
by
1982?
A．1283.
B．7063.
C．7603.
16．Why
would
workers
buy
lunches
in
McDonald’s?
A．The
tables
and
floors
are
clean.
B．The
employees
there
are
helpful
and
polite.
C．The
food
tasted
better
than
their
lunches
from
home.
17．Who
first
owned
McDonald’s?
A．Richard
McDonald.
B．Two
brothers.
C．Ray
Kroch.
第三节(共3小题；每小题1.5分，满分4.5分)
请听下面一段独白，用所听到的独白中的词或数填空，每空限填一个词或一个数。在听本段独白前，你将有时间阅读各小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。本段独白读两遍。
请听第10段材料，回答第18至20题。
Difficult
Words
and
Phrases
preparation准备工作 discount折扣 boardroom会议室
听力材料
Text
1
M：Could
you
change
a
twenty?dollar
bill?
W：Twenty？That
would
take
all
the
change
I’ve
got.
Text
2
W：I
am
a
little
bit
thirsty.Could
you
give
me
some
water，please?
M：Here
you
are.Eat
something！Otherwise
you
won’t
have
enough
strength
to
walk
further
and
enjoy
more
beautiful
scenery.
Text
3
W：Are
you
sure
can
manage
without
your
car
this
afternoon
mike?
M：I
have
an
interview
tomorrow
morning，so
I
have
to
sit
down
and
do
some
preparations.In
fact，you
can
also
use
it
tomorrow
morning
if
you
want
to.
Text
4
M：What
did
you
do
during
Spring
Festival?
W：I
planned
to
visit
my
aunt
and
uncle.But
owing
to
frequent
visit
of
my
friends
and
former
classmates，I
just
stayed
at
home
and
never
got
the
chance
to
go
out.
Text
5
M：Have
you
got
any
idea
what
you’ll
buy
for
Helen’s
birthday?
W：Well，I’ll
buy
her
a
pair
of
shoes.And
I
promised
to
take
her
to
a
film.What
about
you?
M：Oh，I
haven’t
decided
yet.I’ll
probably
buy
her
a
cake.
Text
6
W：Good
afternoon.
M：Good
afternoon.We’d
like
a
double
room，please.
W：Have
you
got
a
reservation?
M：No.I
asked
my
friend
to
do
that
but
he
forgot
it.
W：Just
a
minute，please.Yes，we’ve
got
one
room.
M：How
much
is
the
room?
W：A
double
room
is
sixty
pounds.
M：Thank
you.We’d
like
the
room.
Text
7
W：Hello，what
can
I
do
for
you?
M：I
read
your
poster.You
are
holding
a
summer
camp，right?
W：Sure.It
is
for
boys
of
your
age.
M：I’d
like
to
get
some
detailed
information
about
it.
W：Yes，my
pleasure.It
starts
on
July
20th
and
runs
until
the
9th
of
the
following
month.
M：What
activities
do
you
offer?
W：Many.Like
sports
competitions，military
training
programs
and
so
on.
M：I’m
interested
in
those
activities.What’s
the
entry
fee?
W：150
dollars
per
person.But
if
you
can
invite
another
friend
to
come
with
you，you
can
enjoy
10
dollars
discount
each.
M：That
sounds
great.
Text
8
W：How’s
the
food?
M：Excellent.This
is
the
best
meal
I’ve
had
in
my
life.
W：Good，I
am
glad
you’re
enjoying
it.So，have
you
looked
at
my
business
offer
yet?
M：Yes，I
have.
W：What
do
you
think?
M：Do
you
want
to
talk
about
it
now?
W：Sure，we
are
together.
M：But
we
are
eating
our
dinner.I
am
not
used
to
it.
W：When
do
you
normally
talk
business
in
the
west?
M：In
the
boardroom，or
in
the
office.In
the
west，dinner
time
is
eating
time.
W：So
you
prefer
to
eat
in
silence?
M：I
don’t
mind.There’s
normally
plenty
of
small
talk
during
dinner.But
I
rarely
see
business
deals
done
over
a
bowl
of
soup！I
haven’t
got
any
of
the
paperwork
with
me.
W：We
can
just
discuss
the
small
details
then.
Text
9
M：Which
restaurant
is
most
popular
in
the
US?
W：McDonald’s.There
were
7063
McDonald’s
in
the
world
by
1982，and
about
1283
of
them
were
in
other
countries，such
as
Japan，West
Germany，England
and
Australia.
M：I
see，How
about
the
service
and
the
food?
W：Well，the
employees
there
are
helpful
and
polite，and
the
tables
and
floors
are
clean
enough，most
important，customers
can
get
the
same
food
at
any
McDonald’s
in
any
state
or
country.The
food，of
course，is
quite
good.Workers
would
buy
their
lunches
there
because
they
tasted
better
than
their
lunches
from
home.
M：Who’s
the
owner
of
McDonald’s?
W：It
was
first
owned
by
two
brothers，Richard
and
Maurice
McDonald.Then，in
1960，Ray
Kroch，a
56
years
old
salesman，bought
the
name
and
most
of
their
restaurants
for
$
2.7
million，and
now
he
is
the
owner.
Text
10
W：Welcome
to
the
United
States，ladies
and
gentlemen.Now
I’d
like
to
tell
you
what
you
should
do
when
you
become
ill.If
you
feel
sick
and
want
to
see
a
doctor，check
with
the
manager
of
your
hotel.They
may
call
a
doctor
for
you.American
doctors
are
busy
all
the
time，and
it
may
be
difficult
to
see
the
doctor
immediately，unless
you
are
well
enough
to
go
to
the
doctor’s
office.If
you
have
difficulty
explaining
what
is
troubling
you
in
English，your
tour
guide
may
be
able
to
help
you.You
may
also
go
to
the
nearest
hospital，especially
if
you
require
immediate
attention.If
you
are
seriously
hurt
and
alone，call
911
and
the
operator
there
will
help
you.Don’t
be
frightened
if
you’re
sent
to
the
hospital.In
the
United
States
people
are
often
sent
to
the
hospital
so
that
doctors
can
use
the
special
machines
and
services
for
test
and
treatment.
答案：1～5.BCBAC 6～10.ABCBB 11～15.CCABB
16～17.CB 18.manager 19.911 20.treatment
二、英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节 单项填空(共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分)
请从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
21．Everything
comes
with________price;
there
is
no
such________thing
as
a
free
lunch
in
the
world.
A．a;
a
B．the;
/
C．the;
a
D．a;
/
解析：选D。句意：一切都有代价，世界上没有免费的午餐。no
such后不用任何冠词，因此排除A、C两项；the
price是特指，表示“那个价格，那种代价”，不合句意。
22．The
palace
caught
fire
three
times
in
the
last
century,
and
little
of
the
original
building________now.
A．remains
B．is
remained
C．is
remaining
D．has
been
remained
解析：选A。句意：这座宫殿在上个世纪发生过三次火灾，其最初的建筑现在已所剩无几。首先remain为系动词，没有被动语态形式，排除B、D两项；remain
一般不用于进行时态，故选A。
23．An
experienced
doctor
usually
judges
a
patient’s
illness
according
to
the
various________.
A．signs
B．symptoms
C．symbols
D．marks
解析：选B。考查名词辨析。句意为：有经验的医生通常根据病人不同的症状判断疾病。symptom“症状”；sign“标志，迹象”；symbol“象征”；mark“记号”。
24．Although
the
necklace
is
not
made
of
real
crystal,
it
still________young
people.
A．appeals
to
B．attracts
to
C．accounts
for
D．apply
for
解析：选A。考查动词短语辨析。句意：尽管这条项链不是真正的水晶项链，它仍然很吸引年轻人。appeal
to
sb.恳求，呼吁，对某人有吸引力，使某人感兴趣；attract“吸引”，是及物动词，可直接跟宾语；account
for“是……的原因”；apply
for“申请”。
25．The
plan________encourage
the
employees
to
improve
their
work
turned
out
to
be
a
success.
A．having
designed
to
B．designed
to
C．to
design
to
D．designing
to
解析：选B。句意：所设计的鼓励雇员们改进工作的计划证明是一件成功的事。空格处用分词形式，因为design与plan是逻辑上的动宾关系，因此用过去分词作后置定语，在此表示被动与完成。
26．________is
now
no________that
global
warming
is
a
security
threat
to
us
all.
A．There；doubt
B．There；need
C．It；doubt
D．It；need
解析：选A。There
is
no
doubt
that...“……毫无疑问”，为固定搭配。There
is
no
need
that...“……没有必要”。
27．Our
English
teacher
told
us
that
not
only________to
us
but
also
the
English
was
good
for
us
to
learn.
A．is
the
story
interesting
B．was
the
story
interesting
C．the
story
is
interesting
D．the
story
was
interested
解析：选B。考查倒装结构。not
only虽然不在整个句子的句首，但是在宾语从句的句首，所以仍然需要把but
also
之前的部分倒装。
28．________，she
is
the
sort
of
woman
to
spread
sunshine
to
people
through
her
smile.
A．Shy
and
cautious
B．Sensitive
and
thoughtful
C．Honest
and
confident
D．Light?hearted
and
optimistic
解析：选D。句意：豁达而乐观使她成为了能用自己的微笑把阳光传递给他人的那种女人。A项意思是“害羞而小心”；B项意思是“敏感而多虑”；C项意思是“诚实而自信”；D项意思是“豁达而乐观”，根据句意和语法应选D项。
29．Children
who
are
not
active
or________diet
is
high
in
fat
will
gain
weight
quickly.
A．what
B．whose
C．which
D．that
解析：选B。句意：不活跃或者饮食中脂肪含量高的孩子很容易发胖。该句由or连接两个并列的定语从句，第二个定语从句由whose引导，whose在从句中作定语，修饰主语diet。
30．—Her
father
is
very
rich.
—________She
wouldn’t
accept
his
help
even
if
it
were
offered.
A．What
for?
B．So
what?
C．No
doubt.
D．No
wonder.
解析：选B。句意：“她的父亲很富有。”“那又怎样？即使他提供给她帮助，她也会拒绝。”What
for?
为了什么？So
what?
那又怎样？No
doubt.毫无疑问；No
wonder.难怪。根据语境选B项。
31．—Have
you
found
the
man
who
bought
the
ticket
for
you?
—I
forgot
to
ask
anything
about
him.________I
knew
his
name
and
address.
A．Only
if
B．What
if
C．As
if
D．If
only
解析：选D。考查if短语用法。only
if只是，在……的时候；what
if如果……将会怎么样；as
if似乎；if
only
要是……就好了。根据句意可知此处表示“要是知道他的名字和地址就好了。”
32．To
get
a
better
grade，you
should
________
the
notes
again
before
the
test.
A．go
over
B．get
over
C．turn
over
D．take
over
解析：选A。句意：为了取得更好的成绩，考试前你应该再复习一下笔记。go
over“复习”，符合句意。get
over“恢复；克服”；turn
over“移交给；翻转”；take
over“接管”。
33．This
pair
of
scissors________to
the
tailor.
A．is
belonged
B．are
belonged
C．belongs
D．belong
解析：选C。考查主谓一致及动词的用法。this
pair
of
scissors是一把剪刀，这里表示整体所以用单数，排除B、D项。belong无被动语态，故选C。
34．Doctors
are
doing
research
to
find
out
what
happens
physically
when
people________smoking.
A．quit
B．decline
C．depart
D．reserve
解析：选A。句意：医生正在对人们戒烟后身体会发生什么变化进行研究。quit
戒掉，离开；decline下倾，下降，下垂；depart离开，起程；reserve储备，保存，预约。根据句意且主语是人可知，是停止吸烟。
35．—How
about
going
swimming
this
afternoon?
It’s
such
a
wonderful
day!
—________I’d
rather
stay
at
home
to
listen
to
music.
A．Good
idea!
B．Why
not?
C．It’s
up
to
you.
D．It’s’
not
my
cup
of
tea.
解析：选D。考查情景交际。Good
idea!
和Why
not?
都用来表示赞同某人的提议，但根据答句的“我宁愿呆在家里听音乐”可知，第二个说话人对对方的提议并不赞成，故排除A、B；It’s
up
to
you.意为“由你决定”；It’s
not
my
cup
of
tea.意为“它不合我的口味”。综上所述，根据句意可知正确答案为D。
第二节 完形填空(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
请阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36～55各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
Travelers
to
new
cities
are
often
told
to
start
their
trips
with
a
bus
tour.
The
thinking
is
that
they
can
then
return
to
the
places
that__36__them.
Nonsense!
What
you
see
from
the__37__of
a
moving
bus
is__38__and
completely
removed
from
the
real
sights,
sounds,
and__39__outside.
Be
adventurous!
The
best__40__to
experience
any
place
is
on
foot
and
with
absolutely
no
travel
plan.__41__go
wherever
your
feet
and
your
interest__42__you.
You
finally
will
get
to
the
__43__
sites
that
are
on
the
bus
tour—
the
museums,
the
monuments,
the
city
hall—but
you
will
have
seen
much
more.
You
will
have__44__the
present
life
of
the
city.
“But
what
if
I
get
lost？”
people
might
ask.
No
one
ever
gets__45__lost
in
a
major
city.
At
last,
you
can
find
your
way
to
a(n)__46__location.
If
it
__47__you
to
be
“lost”，
just
find
a
taxi
and
go
back
to
where
you
started.
However,
the__48__things
can
happen
if
you
get
lost.
You
__49__at
a
sidewalk
cafe
to
sit
and
relax.
You
ask
instructions
of
the
local
people
at
the
next
table.
And__50__they
don’t
speak
your
language,
your
trip
becomes
more
memorable
because
of
the__51__.
Here
are
a
few
more
ways
to
get
the
most
out
of
your
travel.
Know
before
you
go.__52__a
few
hours
before
your
trip
learning
about
the
history
and
culture
of
your
destination.
This
will
help
you
understand
what
you’
re
seeing.
Move
around
like
a
local.
Use
the
subways
and
buses
of
the
city
you’re__53__.
You’
ll
not
only
save
money,
but
you’ll
also
learn
how
people
really
live.
Check
the
bulletin
boards.
Sometimes
you
can
find
advertisements
for
free
concerts
and__54__fun
activities
on
bulletin
boards
around
universities.
So
the
next
time
you
see
a
poster
advertising
an
introductory
bus
tour,
save
your
money.
Instead,
wander__55__.I
promise
you
a
time
you’ll
remember
with
great
pleasure.
【解题导语】 文中介绍了作者对旅游的看法。
36．A.encouraged
B．disappointed
C．interested
D．pleased
解析：选C。interest在此用作及物动词，意为”使……感兴趣”，符合语境。
37．A.inside
B．front
C．back
D．center
解析：选A。如果乘游览车，你只能从游览车“里边”看外边的景象，故用inside。
38．A.real
B．true
C．unreal
D．common
解析：选C。从后面“完全脱离了真实的景象”判断，从游览车内部所看到的景象应是“不真实的”。
39．A.views
B．cities
C．towns
D．smells
解析：选D。and表示并列关系，因为前面已经出现了sights，sounds，这里选smells符合语境，表现出游客的一种全方位感受。
40．A.idea
B．way
C．thought
D．thinking
解析：选B。作者在前面分析了乘游览车的弊端，这里提出自己的建议：最好的旅游方式是步行。
41．A.Simply
B．Particularly
C．Generally
D．Especially
解析：选A。simply“仅仅”，用在祈使句前加强语气。particularly“特别地，尤其”；generally“通常”；especially“特别，尤其”。
42．A.lead
B．move
C．tell
D．help
解析：选A。由前面作者建议不需旅行计划可知，作者认为旅行时最好是“随心所欲”，故用lead“引领”。
43．A.different
B．wrong
C．right
D．same
解析：选D。作者强调步行跟乘游览车去的地方是一样的。
44．A.left
B．felt
C．lived
D．led
解析：选B。作者还是在强调步行的好处：“感受”城市的现实生活。
45．A.terribly
B．possibly
C．hopelessly
D．finally
解析：选C。作者认为在城市里一个人不可能完全迷路，因此此处用hopelessly，意为“完全地”，相当于completely。
46．A.unknown
B．well?known
C．strange
D．favorite
解析：选B。作者建议先回到一个“众所周知的”地方，这样便于找到路。
47．A.frightens
B．supposes
C．delights
D．surprises
解析：选A。此处指迷路使游客感到害怕，故用frighten“使……害怕”。
48．A.worst
B．hardest
C．nicest
D．happiest
解析：选C。从下文看，此处作者认为迷路时也会有最美好的事情发生，故用nicest。
49．A.reach
B．get
C．go
D．stop
解析：选D。此处stop表示”停下”。
50．A.in
case
B．as
a
result
C．in
fact
D．even
if
解析：选D。even
if即使，符合语境。
51．A.experience
B．conversation
C．talk
D．trip
解析：选A。因为有了这样的“经历”，你的旅行更加令人难忘。
52．A.Take
B．Spend
C．Pay
D．Use
解析：选B。spend
sometime
(in)doing
sth.为固定短语，意为“在……上花费时间”。
53．A.seeing
B．visiting
C．going
D．walking
解析：选B。前面作者建议游客像当地人一样到处转转，此处当然是指“正在参观的”城市。
54．A.the
other
B．another
C．others
D．other
解析：选D。此处指免费音乐会及其他的有趣活动，故用other“其他的”。
55．A.of
your
own
B.
of
yourself
C．on
your
own
D．by
your
own
解析：选C。on
one’s
own“独立地”。从前面看，作者建议不要依靠游览车，而要“靠自己”。故C项为最佳选项。
三、阅读理解(共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分)
请阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
A
New
train
route
opens
from
China
to
Germany
A
container(集装箱
)
train
left
Beijing
on
Wednesday
on
its
way
to
Hamburg,
Germany.
The
new
service
was
welcomed
as
real
progress
made
in
international
rail
cooperation.
The
train
will
travel
about
9,800
kilometers
through
six
countries,
including
China,
Mongolia,
Russia,
Belarus,
Poland
and
Germany.
The
trip
has
gained
support
from
those
in
customs
declaration
and
clearance.
Zheng
Mingli,
chairman
of
China
Container
Transportation
,
said,
“This
can
be
seen
as
a
breakthrough
in
our
cooperation.
Today,
railway
officials
from
six
countries
are
here
to
witness
this
event.
This
is
very
important
to
the
development
of
the
Asia?Europe
Continental
Bridge.
This
means
of
transportation
has
great
potential
for
the
countries
involved.
”
Cargo
on
board
includes
electronic
products,
textiles
and
shoes.
The
trip
to
Hamburg,
Germany
will
take
18
days.
The
same
trip
would
take
at
least
40
days
by
container
ship.
Thomas
Palczewski,
vice?president
of
Polish
National
Railway,
said,
“There
is
big
potential
for
container
transportation
to
Europe.
The
ceremony
today
shows
that
it
will
bring
big
benefits
to
all
of
us.
So
we
hope
that
it
will
not
only
be
a
pilot
train,
but
a
permanent
connection
between
China
and
Europe.
”
Railway
officials
from
the
six
countries
will
discuss
detailed
measures
to
advance
container
transportation.
Experts
expect
that
the
new
land
route
will
take
a
big
slice
of
the
pie
of
Chinese?EU
trade.
But
improvements
in
Chinese
railway
networks
will
still
matter.
China
has
plans
to
invest
huge
amounts
of
money
to
build
up
18
railway
container
terminals
in
the
coming
five
years.
【解题导语】本文主要介绍了中国到德国的横跨亚欧大陆的集装箱火车线已开通的情况。
56．The
purpose
of
this
passage
is
to________.
A.
tell
us
about
a
new
train
route
from
China
to
Germany
B．promote
the
relationships
between
China
and
Europe
C．introduce
a
newly?developed
container
train
D．improve
Chinese
railway
conditions
解析：选A。意图推断题。本文主要向我们介绍了中国到德国的横跨亚欧大陆的集装箱火车线已开通的事情。
57．The
new
train
route
from
China
to
Germany
will________.
A．be
opened
in
the
coming
five
years
B．strengthen
the
Chinese?EU
trade
C．make
it
convenient
for
us
to
visit
Germany
D．take
the
place
of
container
ships
解析：选B。细节理解题。由文章最后一段的首句可知答案为B。
58．The
underlined
word
“pilot”
most
probably
means________.
A．guide
B．beginning
C．cooperative
D．cargo
解析：选B。词义猜测题。根据该词所在语境及句中的“permanent(永恒的)”可知pilot与其意思相反，故B项为最佳选项。
59．From
this
passage,
we
can
conclude
that________.
A．there
will
be
more
and
more
railway
cooperation
between
China
and
Europe
B．more
and
more
Chinese
will
have
better
chances
to
visit
Europe
C．Europeans
enjoy
Chinese
electronic
products
D．China?EU
trade
will
depend
on
this
newly?developed
cargo
train
解析：选A。推理判断题。根据第五段中的“There
is
big
potential
for
container
transportation
to
Europe.”及文章最后一句可知答案为A。
B
How
to
have
fun
in
Chicago
without
spending
a
lot
of
money?
The
Art
Institute
of
Chicago
has
a
fine
collection
of
photos
and
paintings.
The
ticket
is
$
10.
00，but
on
Tuesdays
you’ll
get
it
for
free.
The
Sears
Tower
is
the
world’s
third
tallest
building.
By
going
to
the
103rd
floor,
you
can
get
a
great
view
of
the
whole
city!
All
for
only
$
8.
50.
________________________
There
are
free
concerts
in
Grant
Park
in
summer.
They
are
held
from
Wednesday
through
Saturday
nights
at
7∶30
p.
m．.
Attend
the
taping
of
a
TV
show
for
free.
The
Oprah
Winfrey
Show
and
the
Jenny
Jones
Show
both
offer
tourists
free
tickets.
For
the
Oprah
Winfrey
Show
you’ll
have
to
book
tickets
at
least
a
month
before.
Places
to
Stay
You
can
get
a
hotel
for
$100
to
$300
a
day.
However,
you
can
get
a
room
in
the
dormitory
at
Roosevelt
University
for
$
215
for
a
whole
week!
But
you
have
to
stay
for
30
days
to
get
this
great
rate.
【解题导语】本文是一则广告，主要介绍了在芝加哥怎样才能既不花很多钱又能享受旅游的最大乐趣的情况。
60．This
passage
is
written
for
telling
us________.
A．Chicago
is
a
big
and
beautiful
city
B．where
we
can
see
fine
photos
and
paintings
C．how
to
make
a
cheap
trip
in
Chicago
D．there
are
many
free
concerts
in
Chicago
解析：选C。作者意图推断题。综观全文，尤其从文章第一句可知C项切题。
61．You
have
to
spend
at
least________in
all
to
stay
in
a
dormitory
at
Roosevelt
University.
A．$100
B．$
300
C．$
215
D．$
860
解析：选D。细节理解题。由文章最后一段可知答案为D。
62．Which
can
be
put
into
the
blank?
A．Where
to
Eat.
B．Free
Shows.
C．How
to
Book
Tickets.
D．Concerts
to
Watch.
解析：选B。推理判断题。下文提到的是有关免费欣赏的表演，故B项最佳。
63．According
to
this
passage,
which
of
the
following
statements
is
NOT
true?
A.
You
are
free
to
go
to
the
Art
Institute
on
Tuesdays.
B．Free
Grant
Park
concerts
are
held
four
nights
a
week
in
summer.
C．The
Sears
Tower
is
the
world’s
third
tallest
building.
D．You
can
get
tickets
to
the
Oprah
Winfrey
Show
as
long
as
you
arrive.
解析：选D。细节理解题。从Free
Shows栏目的最后一句可知答案为D。
C
Frankly,
I
appreciate
myself
very
much.
Yes,
I
admit
I’
m
in
many
respects
not
as
good
as
other
people,
but
I
don’t
think
I’
m
always
not
good.
When
I
find
what
I’
ve
done
or
written
is
okay,
I’ll
remain
pleased
with
myself
for
quite
a
few
days,
and
in
case
I
receive
praise
for
it,
I’ll
even
become
so
excited
as
to
add
a
few
words
to
glorify
myself.
True,
I’
m
not
modest
at
all.
People
may
call
me
conceited(自负的).
But
I
think
otherwise.
I
also
appreciate
other
people.
I
appreciate
anything
good.
Isn’t
it
unfair
to
forget
appreciating
myself
while
appreciating
others
?
We
Chinese
are
generally
inclined
(倾向的
)
to
be
modest,
and
we
take
pride
in
being
so.
For
example,
a
Chinese
person
will
call
his
own
wife
zhuojing,_meaning
“my
humble
wife”，
and
his
own
writings
zhuozuo,
meaning
“my
poor
writings”.
But
if
you
should
call
his
wife
a
“rustic(乡巴佬的
)
woman”
or
his
writings
“trash”
,
he
would,
I’m
sure,
slap
the
table
in
a
rage
and
declare
he
would
make
a
clean
break
with
you.
As
a
matter
of
fact,
there
is
probably
no
difference
at
all
between
what
is
said
by
him
and
you
respectively.
I
don’t
think
it’
s
wrong
for
you
to
freely
praise
yourself
if
you’
re
really
worthy
of
praise.
As
we
know,
there
is
an
old
Chinese
saying
disparaging(蔑视)
a
melon
peddler,
named
Lao
Wang,
who
keeps
praising
his
own
goods.
Well,
why
can’
t
he
praise
his
melons
if
they
are
really
sweet
and
juicy?
Lao
Wang
sells
melons
for
a
living.
How
could
he
carry
on
business
if
he,
by
imitating
the
affectations
of
us
intellectuals(知识分子)，were
to
show
false
modesty
about
his
melons?
He
would
sure
enough
die
of
starvation.
Self?appreciation
is
therefore
key
to
professional
dedication
(贡献)
and
enjoyment
of
work.
One
will
lose
confidence
in
continuing
with
writing
when
he
ceases
to
admire
his
own
essays.
Needless
to
say,
the
same
is
true
of
those
who
make
a
living
with
their
pens.
【解题导语】本文是一篇议论文。人要学会欣赏自己，因为能够欣赏自己的人，才能够爱岗敬业，才能够乐观地面对自己的事业和人生。
64．The
best
title
for
the
passage
would
be________.
A．On
Self?appreciation
B．Types
of
Appreciation
C．Power
of
Appreciation
D．Uses
of
Appreciation
解析：选A。标题归纳题。综观全文可知本文谈论的主题是Self?appreciation。
65．The
underlined
word
“zhuojing”
in
Paragraph
4
means
________.
A．wife
high
in
position
B．wife
low
in
position
C．wise
wife
D．foolish
wife
解析：选B。词义猜测题。根据zhuojing一词后面的解释meaning
“my
humble
wife”以及后面的But
if
you
should
call
his
wife
a“rustic(乡巴佬的)woman”．..he
would
make
a
clean
break
with
you.判断，zhuojing的意思就是wife
low
in
position。
66．The
writer
points
out
with
an
example
about
an
old
Chinese
saying
that________.
A.
self?appreciation
is
also
an
active
way
of
attitude
to
life
and
work
B．false
modesty
will
lose
confidence
in
continuing
with
writing
C．one
person
ceases
to
admire
his
own
essays
with
self?appreciation
D．one
doesn’t
praise
his
melons
if
his
melons
are
really
sweet
and
juicy
解析：选A。推理判断题。中国古语“老王卖瓜，自卖自夸”，其实就是“对待生活和工作的一种自我欣赏的态度”，最后三段对此有概括。
67．Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
according
to
the
passage?
A.
If
I
find
what
I’
ve
done
or
written
is
wrong,
I’
ll
appreciate
myself.
B．I
never
appreciate
other
people
because
I
think
others
are
foolish.
C．If
you
think
poorly
of
your
friend’
s
writings,
perhaps
he’ll
be
angry
with
you.
D．Lao
Wang
will
die
of
starvation
because
he
never
praises
his
melons.
解析：选C。推理判断题。由第四段倒数第二句可知答案为C。
D
Bored?
Don’t
know
what
to
do
with
your
time?
Get
your
friends
or
family
together,
go
to
the
park
or
go
hiking,
do
something
fun—just
don’t
turn
on
your
TV.
The
10th
annual
TV?Turnoff
Week
starts
on
Monday.
The
TV?Turnoff
Network,
a
non?profit
organization,
began
the
program
in
1994
to
get
children
and
adults
to
watch
less
television
so
that
their
time
might
be
spent
doing
more
productive
things.
This
year,
millions
of
people
will
participate
and
find
much
more
interesting
things
to
do
besides
sitting
in
front
of
the
television.
Experts
are
convinced(确信
)
that
watching
too
much
TV
keeps
kids
from
participating
in
healthy
physical
activities.
The
average
household
has
a
television
on
for
7
hours
and
40
minutes
a
day!
Kids
spend
more
time
watching
TV
than
they
spend
in
school.
Turning
off
the
TV
gives
you
a
chance
to
be
with
your
family
and
friends.
Going
without
it
frees
up
valuable
time
that
could
be
spent
reading
a
good
book,
writing,
drawing,
or
discovering
something
else
that
may
interest
you.
There
are
many
organizations
that
support
TV?Turnoff
Week,
including
Boys
and
Girls
Clubs
of
America,
YMCA,
Girl
Scouts
USA,
and
Big
Brothers/Big
Sisters
of
America.
Even
First
Lady
Laura
Bush
is
a
supporter.
“Television
is
no
substitute
for
a
parent.
It
doesn’t
help
develop
language
skills;
it’
s
simply
background
noise，”
says
Mrs.
Bush.
Even
kids
who
may
not
have
liked
going
without
TV
have
discovered
the
benefits.
“I
really
didn’t
like
TV?Turnoff
Week
until
I
did
notice
that
my
grades
went
up
and
I
was
in
a
good
mood
all
week，”
said
Drew
Henderson,
a
student
in
Donora,
Pennsylvania.
【解题导语】本文主要介绍了美国举行“远离电视周”活动的情况。
68．The
TV?Turnoff
Network
started
TV?Turnoff
Week________.
A.
to
get
people
to
spend
more
time
doing
more
productive
things
B．to
keep
kids
from
participating
in
healthy
physical
activities
C．to
advise
people
not
to
buy
television
sets
D．to
persuade
more
people
to
join
the
organization
解析：选A。细节理解题。由文章第二段中第二句可得出答案。
69．Which
is
NOT
the
advantage
of
turning
off
the
TV?
A．Giving
you
a
chance
to
be
with
your
family
and
friends.
B．Spending
more
time
reading
books.
C．Developing
language
skills.
D．Participating
in
healthy
physical
activities.
解析：选C。细节理解题。A、B、D三项在文章中都能找到依据，由文章第四段最后一句可知答案为C。
70．Laura
Bush
must
be________
A.
the
first
woman
to
support
TV?Turnoff
Week
B．the
wife
of
American
President
C．the
first
woman
to
organize
TV?Turnoff
Week
D．the
first
lady
in
Boys
and
Girls
Clubs
of
America
解析：选B。推理判断题。解此题的关键是要理解First
Lady的含义，意为“第一夫人”，引申为“总统夫人”。
71．Drew
Henderson’s
words
in
the
last
paragraph
imply
that________
A.
he
doesn’t
like
TV?Turnoff
Week
B．he
doesn’t
support
TV?Turnoff
Week
at
all
C．it’
s
unnecessary
to
have
TV?Turnoff
Week
D．he
doesn’t
support
TV?Turnoff
Week
until
he
finds
it
does
good
to
his
study.
解析：选D。推理判断题。从文章的最后一段可推知，Drew
Henderson原本不喜欢这一活动，后来发现学习成绩提高了，才支持这一活动。
E
America’s
youth
were
very
fond
of
cowboy
movies
and
cowboy
radio
programs
in
the
1930’
s
and
1940’
s,
and
in
the
1950’
s
joyfully
watched
their
cowboy
heroes
on
television.
During
that
period,
there
were
some
guitars
produced
with
stenciled
cowboy
paintings.
They
were
made
of
wood,
not
like
the
toy—like
variety
made
of
card?board
or
plastic.
In
the
fall
of
1932,
Sears
&
Roebuck
introduced
their
first
stencil
painted
cowboy
guitar,
the
Gene
Autry
“Round?Up”
guitar.
This
was
before
Autry
had
started
his
movie
career,
but
he
did
have
a
popular
radio
program
on
station
WLS
out
of
Chicago.
This
station
was
owned
by
Sears
&
Roebuck;
the
letters
WLS
stood
for
World’
s
Largest
Store.
The
Gene
Autry
“Round?Up”
guitar
could
be
got
from
1932
through
1938
and
then
was
slowly
changed
to
the
Gene
Autry
“Melody
Ranch”
model,
produced
from
1941
through
1955.
The
same
stencil
was
also
used
on
a
small
Silvertone
guitar,
but
with
no
Gene
Autry
signature(签名)．
Gene
Autry,
“The
Singing
Cowboy”
,
had
a
box?office
competitor
known
as
the
“King
of
the
Cowboys”，
Roy
Rogers.
Gene,
Roy
and
many
of
the
cowboy
movie
stars
were
great
role
models.
Their
movies
would
show
the
main
character
fighting
for
what
is
right
and
morally
correct
while
providing
exciting
entertainment.
The
“Roy
Rogers”
guitar
was
sold
by
Sears
&
Roebuck
from
1954
through
1958.
The
“Buck
Jones”
guitar
invented
by
Montgomery
Ward
had
a
particularly
attractive
painting.
Buck
Jones
died
a
real?life
hero
trying
to
save
people’s
lives
in
a
night?club
fire
in
1942.
The
“Plainsman”
had
a
painting
like
a
scene
right
out
of
the
1936
Gary
Cooper
movie
called
The
Plainsman.
During
the
war
years
of
1942
and
1943,
an
unusual
variety
of
“Plainsman”
was
produced.
【解题导语】本文主要介绍了“牛仔吉他”的出现和发展。
72．Cowboy
paintings
stenciled
on
the
guitars
showed
that
________.
A．cowboys
were
popular
with
people
then
B．people
liked
the
paintings
cowboys
painted
C．cowboys
always
carried
the
guitars
D．cowboys
often
appeared
in
the
films
解析：选A。推理判断题。由文章第一段可知，那时的吉他常刻有牛仔图案，这说明当时牛仔深受人们的欢迎。故答案选A。
73．Which
of
the
following
guitars
appeared
in
the
1930’s?
A．The
“Buck
Jones”
guitar.
B．The
“Roy
Rogers”
guitar.
C．The
“Melody
Ranch”
guitar
D．The
Gene
Autry
“Round?Up”
guitar.
解析：选D。细节理解题。根据文章可知，在这几种吉他中，只有The
Gene
Autry“Round?Up”guitar是在20世纪30年代出现的。故答案选D。
74．How
many
types
of
guitars
are
mentioned
in
the
passage?
A．Four.
B．Five.
C．Six.
D．Seven.
解析：选C。细节理解题。文中除了提到第72题四个选项中的吉他外，还提到了Silvertone
guitar和Plainsman
guitar。
75．According
to
the
passage,
we
know
that________.
A.
the
“Melody
Ranch”
guitar
had
no
Gene
Autry
signature
B．the
“Roy
Rogers”
guitar
was
in
honor
of
a
musician
C．the
“Plainsman”
guitar
was
affected
by
a
movie
D．the
“Buck
Jones”
guitar
was
named
after
a
movie
解析：选C。细节理解题。由文章第三段可知，the“Melody
Ranch”guitar应该是有签名的，所以选项A不对；文章第四段提到Roy
Rogers是一个电影明星，所以选项B不对；the“Buck
Jones”guitar中
Buck
Jones是人名，而不是电影名，所以选项D不对；the“Plainsman”guitar当时就是受到了电影The
Plainsman的影响，故答案选C。
四、写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
以下标有题号的每一行均有一个错误，请找出，并按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下画一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
I
had
a
interesting
dream
last
night.
I
dreamed76.____________________
that
I
took
part
in
a
race.
At
first,
I
could
not
to
run
very77.____________________
fast
and
fell
behind.
So
I
didn’t
lose
heart
and
kept78.____________________
running.
All
the
students
on
the
playground
cheer
me
on，79.____________________
“Come
on！”
I
was
so
encouraged
that
I
ran
faster
and
fast80.____________________
till
I
caught
up
all
the
other
runners.
I
felt
as
if
flying
like81.____________________
a
superman.
At
the
end,
I
got
to
the
finishing
line
first.82.____________________
I
won
the
race.
I
felt
very
proudly
of
myself.
Many
of
my83.____________________
classmate
threw
me
up
into
the
air.
Just
at
that
time84.____________________
I
woke
up
and
found
me
still
in
bed！85.____________________
答案：76.a→an。interesting是以元音音素开头的，所以其前应用冠词an。
77．去掉to。could是情态动词，其后接动词原形，所以要去掉to。
78．So→But。前后构成逻辑上的转折关系，所以要用but。
79．cheer→
cheered。回忆比赛时的情景，要用一般过去时。
80．fast→faster。faster
and
faster意为“越来越快”。
81．up后加with。catch
up
with是固定短语，意为“赶上”。
82．At→In
83．proudly→proud。此处要用形容词(proud)作felt的表语。
84．classmate→classmates。根据句意此处应用复数形式(classmates)。
85．me→myself。find
oneself
in
bed意为“发现自己躺在床上”，动作的承受者是主语本身时常用反身代词作宾语。
第二节 书面表达(满分25分)
假设你叫王华，你的一位英国朋友Jack从英国给你寄来一件印有哈利·波特(Harry
Potter)形象的T恤衫，并附有一封信。在信中他向你问好，他想知道你的近况。请你给他写一封回信表示感谢。回信要包括以下内容：
1.
感谢他送你的礼物。你非常喜欢，因为哈利·波特是你最喜欢的电影主角。
2.
告诉他你在新的学校一切都好，只是这里的英语老师课堂上英语说的很多，你很难听懂老师说的每一个单词。
3.
因为他是姚明的球迷，你将给他寄去一件印有姚明形象的T恤衫。
4.
询问他的近况，并希望他能来中国。
注意：1.信的开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
2．词数100词左右。
Dear
Jack，
I’m
very
happy
to
hear
from
you
again.________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
I’m
looking
forward
to
your
reply.
Yours
sincerely，
Wang
Hua
【参考范文】
Dear_Jack，
I’m_very_happy_to_hear_from_you_again.
Thank
you
for
the
T?shirt
with
Harry
Potter
on
it
and
I
like
it
very
much.
As
you
know,
Harry
Potter
is
my
favourite
film
hero.
Every
time
I
wear
it,
I
will
think
of
you.
I’m
fine
here
in
the
new
school
and
everything
goes
well.
The
only
problem
is
that
my
English
teacher
speaks
more
English
in
classes
and
I
find
it
hard
to
follow
her.
In
return
for
your
gift,
I
will
send
you
a
T?shirt
with
Yao
Ming
on
it
because
I
know
you
are
a
fan
of
him.
How
are
you
doing
in
England?
And
I
hope
you
can
pay
a
visit
to
China
some
day.
I’m_looking_forward_to_your_reply.
Yours_sincerely，
Wang_HuaⅠ.品句填词
1．He
works
day
and
night，that
is，he
is
____________
(辛勤工作的)．
2．—How
do
you
find
your
trip
to
China?
—Wonderful，we
____________
(使快乐)ourselves
very
much.
3．When
I
said
I
was
faster
she
____________
(挑战)
me
to
a
race.
4．Can
you
____________
(想像)
life
without
mobile
phones
and
other
modern
conveniences?
5．Many
things
were
____________
(记录)
on
pieces
of
bamboo
in
the
old
times.
6．What’s
your
____________
(态度)
towards
playing
computer
games?
7．He
applied
for
a
____________
(较低级的)
job.
8．She
has
a
younger
brother
to
support
____________
(除……外)
her
father.
9．Mr.Stephen
showed
great
time
and
____________
(热爱)to
duty.
10．He
gave
a
detailed
____________
(解释)
of
the
events
leading
up
to
the
accidence.
答案：1.hardworking 2.enjoyed 3.challenged 4.imagine
5．recorded 6.attitude 7.junior 8.besides 9.devotion 10.explanation
Ⅱ.选词填空
act
out；according
to；quite
a
lot
of；be
kind
to；
can’t
wait
to
do
1．Life
has
been
very
________________
me.
2．The
children
were
________________
the
story
of
the
birth
of
Jesus.
3．I
________________
read
his
latest
novel.
4．There
was
____________
mud
on
the
ground.
5．He
is
an
honest
businessman，____________
what
everyone
says.
答案：1.kind
to 2.acting
out 3.can’t
wait
to 4.quite
a
lot
of 5.according
to
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．—How
can
she
play
the
piano
so
well?
—Well，she
________
all
her
free
time
to
practice.
A．costs
B．takes
C．wastes
D．devotes
解析：选D。句意：——她怎么弹钢琴那么好？——噢，她把所有的业余时间都用来练习(钢琴)。devote...to...把……贡献于……。cost花费，主语是物；take花费，多用于It
takes
sb.some
time
to
do
sth.句型；waste浪费。
2．They
encouraged
and
________
him
in
his
scientific
studies.
A．aided
B．put
C．treated
D．depended
解析：选A。句意：他们在他的科研中鼓励他，帮助他。aid“帮助，援助”。
3．I
________
the
books
on
the
shelf
by
their
authors.
A．resulted
B．ranged
C．separated
D．got
解析：选B。range“排列”，符合句意。
4．I’ve
enjoyed
________
you
about
old
times.
A．talked
to
B．talking
to
C．talking
on
D．to
talk
解析：选B。enjoy喜欢，欣赏，后接名词、代词、动名词或oneself，又因
talk
to
sb.为固定搭配，故选B。
5．Modern
science
has
given
clear
evidence
________
smoking
can
lead
to
many
diseases.
A．what
B．which
C．that
D．where
解析：选C。考查同位语从句。句意：现代科学有充分的证据表明吸烟会导致多种疾病。结合句意和句子成分可知该句不缺少句子成分，故用that引导，解释说明evidence的内容。
6．________yourself，or
you’ll
never
succeed.
A．Believe
B．Believe
in
C．To
believe
D．Believe
it
or
not
解析：选B。句意：相信自己，否则你永远不会成功。
7．It’s
so
nice
to
hear
from
her.________，we
last
met
more
than
thirty
years
ago.
A．What’s
more
B．That’s
to
say
C．In
other
words
D．Believe
it
or
not
解析：选D。what’s
more而且；that’s
to
say也就是说；in
other
words
换句话说；believe
it
or
not信不信由你。
8．Nowadays，many
boys
and
girls
grow
________
the
pop
stars
and
________
their
models.
A．crazy
about；follow
B．crazy
for；take
C．crazy
about；learn
D．crazy
for；follow
解析：选A。句意：现在，许多男孩和女孩非常喜欢流行歌星并且追随他们的偶像。grow
crazy
about对……着迷，非常喜欢。
9．Can
you
imagine
________
the
river?
A．me
to
swim
B．my
swimming
C．me
swimming
across
D．I
swim
解析：选C。imagine
sb./sb.’s
doing
sth.想像某人干某事；across
the
river穿过河流。
10．I’m
sorry
you’ve
been
waiting
so
long，but
it’ll
still
be
some
time
________
Brian
gets
back.
A．before
B．since
C．till
D．after
解析：选A。句意：我很抱歉让你等了这么长时间，但是到Brian回来还有一段时间。It
is＋
time
＋
before...过多久……才……。
Ⅳ.阅读理解
People，who
argue
that
good
teachers
are
born
and
cannot
be
made，or
trained，usually
base
their
view
upon
the
teacher’s
personality.They
think
that
with
the
right
personality，training
is
not
necessary；with
the
wrong
personality，training
is
useless.It
seems
to
me
that
this
is
a
personal
impression.
Obviously，a
really
weak
personality
is
an
unfavorable
disqualification(不合格)
for
teaching.On
the
other
hand，a
teacher’s
personality
that
is
too
powerful
may
also
be
a
disqualification，because
of
his
or
her
tendency
to
rule
the
classroom
situation.He
or
she
may
fail
to
develop
the
personality
and
individuality(个性)
in
his
or
her
own
students.
However，this
consideration
of
the
teacher’s
personality，from
the
point
of
view
of
training
him
or
her
to
teach
in
a
college
or
university，does
not
seem
to
weaken
the
case
for
good
teacher
training.On
the
contrary，it
may
strengthen
it
if
the
training
course
includes
effective
psychological
analysis
of
the
classroom
situation，and
the
interaction(合作，一起活动)
between
teachers’
and
students’
personalities.
Then，we
must
keep
in
mind
that
students
expect
teachers
to
teach.They
value
clear
statement
of
problems，and
guidance
in
their
solution.Personal
qualities
of
kindness，sympathy
and
patience
are
secondary.Students
value
their
teachers
mainly
for
their
intellectual
abilities.Enquiries
carried
out
in
England
and
America
over
half
a
century
have
pointed
to
this
conclusion.
1．The
writer
believes
that
________.
A．teacher
training
is
not
necessary
for
those
who
have
the
right
personality
B．qualified
teachers
are
born
and
cannot
be
made
C．training
is
always
necessary
for
those
who
want
to
become
good
teachers
D．teacher
training
is
only
necessary
for
those
who
have
not
the
right
personality
解析：选C。细节理解题。文章第一段中的最后一句话说明了作者的观点，后面给了解释。
2．A
strong
personality
might
be
a
weak
point
to
a
teacher
because
________.
A．the
teacher
may
give
too
much
control
in
the
classroom
B．the
teacher
may
give
too
little
control
in
the
classroom
C．the
teacher
may
pay
too
much
attention
to
students’
needs
D．the
teacher
may
easily
get
angry
with
the
students
解析：选A。推理判断题。这样的教师的控制欲太强，不利于学生个性的发展。
3．A
teacher
training
course
should
include
________.
A．personality
analysis
of
different
kinds
of
people
B．personality
analysis
of
different
kinds
of
students
C．analysis
of
classroom
culture
and
communication
D．analysis
of
the
differences
between
strong
and
weak
personalities
解析：选C。推理判断题。根据第三段第二句“...effective
psychological
analysis
of
the
classroom
situation，and
the
interaction...”得出答案。
4．The
conclusion
made
by
the
writer
is
________.
A．teachers’
knowledge
and
skills
are
the
most
important
to
their
students
B．teachers’
kindness
and
sympathy
are
the
most
valuable
to
their
students
C．teachers’
motivation
and
interest
in
teaching
are
the
most
important
to
their
students
D．teachers’
patience
and
strong
personality
are
the
most
valuable
to
their
students
解析：选A。推理判断题。从文章最后一段得出答案。
Ⅴ.短文改错
When
a
young
man
starts
to
earn
his
own
living，he
can
no
longer
expect
others
to
pay
for
his
food，his
cloth，
1．______________
or
his
room，and
he
has
to
work
whether
he
wants
to
live
2．______________
comfortably.If
he
spend
most
of
his
time
in
playing
3．______________
about
in
the
way
that
he
used
to
like
a
child，he
will
go
4．______________
hunger.And
if
he
breaks
the
laws
of
society
as
he
used
5．______________
to
break
the
laws
of
his
parents，he
may
go
to
the
prison.
6．______________
If，however，he
works
hard，keeps
out
of
trouble
and
have
7．______________
good
health，he
can
have
the
great
happy
of
seeing
8．______________
himself
to
make
steady
progress
in
his
job
and
of
9．______________
building
up
for
themselves
his
own
position
in
society.
10．______________
答案：1.cloth→clothes 2.whether→if 3.spend→spends 4.like→as 5.hunger→hungry 6.去掉第二个the 7.have→has 8.happy→happiness 9.去掉to 10.themselves→himself。附录
译文助读
第一单元
Reading
Sept.22,2009
My
New
English
Teacher
Dear
Robbie，
It’s
been
a
long
time
since
we
left
our
junior
middle
school.How
is
everything
going?
I
do
enjoy
the
new
school
life
here.I’ve
met
quite
a
lot
of
new
teachers
and
schoolmates，and
they
are
all
very
kind
to
me.Do
you
still
remember
how
I
hated
English？But
I’m
pretty
crazy
about
this
subject
now.Unbelievable，isn’t
it？Well，I
never
thought
that
a
teacher
would
change
my
attitude
towards
English
learning，but
it
just
happened.
Mr.
Mills
is
our
English
teacher，and
I’m
very
much
impressed
by
his
devotion
to
teaching.He
always
prepares
his
lessons
well
before
class
and
acts
out
what
he
wants
to
teach
in
class.While
he
is
teaching，he
walks
about，using
his
arms，hands
and
fingers
to
help
him
in
his
explanations，and
his
face
to
express
feelings.We
can
hear
the
loudness
and
the
musical
tone
of
his
voice
always
changing
according
to
what
he
is
talking
about.He
believes
that
no
class
hour
is
successful
if
the
students
and
the
teachers
can’t
share
several
chuckles
and
at
least
one
loud
laugh.Through
his
sense
of
humour，he
has
made
learning
more
enjoyable.Besides，he
helps
us
to
learn
English
in
an
imaginative
way，using
such
aids
as
paintings，recordings，cartoons，and
flash
cards.This
morning，he
even
sang
a
song
in
class
to
explain
a
grammatical
rule
in
the
coursebook.Furthermore，I
admire
the
fact
that
he
likes
to
meet
with
students
outside
of
the
classroom
to
discuss
different
subjects
in
English，ranging
from
the
Internet
to
pop
music.Once
he
even
challenged
one
of
my
classmates
to
a
game
of
Chinese
chess.
Do
you
like
your
teachers
there？Please
don’t
forget
to
tell
me
something
about
your
new
school
life.OK？I
just
can’t
wait
to
get
your
letter.
Yours，
Tony
2009年9月22日
我的新英语老师
亲爱的罗比：
从我们初中毕业到现在，已有好长一段时间了。你近来好吗？
我真的很喜欢新学校的生活。我遇见了很多新老师和新同学，他们对我都很好。你还记得我以前是多么讨厌学英语吗？但现在我对它简直着了迷。难以置信，是吧？我以前从未想过一位老师会改变我对英语学习的态度，但这事确实发生了。
米尔斯先生是我们的英语老师。我印象最深的是他对教学的热诚。他总是在课前充分准备，在课上把他要讲的东西演出来。上课时，他在教室里走动着，利用手臂、手和手指帮助讲解，还利用他的脸部表情来表达他的情感。根据所讲内容的不同，我们总能听见他声音大小、音调高低的变化。在他看来，如果师生在一堂课上没有几次会心的笑声或至少一次开怀大笑，就不是一堂成功的课。由于他的幽默，使得我们的英语学习更有趣。而且，他利用像油画、唱片、漫画和动画等辅助物，让我们用一种极富想像力的方法来学英语。今天上午，他还在课上唱了一首歌来解释一条语法规则。此外，更让我钦佩的是他经常在课后与学生们在一起，用英语交谈从因特网到流行音乐的不同话题。有一次，他还找我们班的一个同学比赛下中国象棋。
你喜欢你学校的老师吗？别忘了下次写信告诉我你在新学校的生活情况，好吗？我简直等不及想收到你的来信了。
你的，
托尼
Further
Reading
The
Personal
Qualities
of
a
Teacher
What
personal
qualities
should
a
teacher
have？I
think
most
of
us
would
accept
the
following
answer.
Firstly，a
teacher
should
be
attractive.That
doesn’t
mean
that
the
teacher
should
be
good?looking，because
teachers
who
are
not
good?looking
might
also
have
their
personal
charm.Anyway，they
shouldn’t
be
boring.
Secondly，it
is
basic
for
a
teacher
to
be
sympathetic－to
understand
the
minds
and
feelings
of
other
people.Closely
related
to
this
is
the
ability
to
be
tolerant－not
indeed
of
what
is
wrong，but
of
the
weakness
of
human
beings
which
may
lead
people，especially
children，to
make
mistakes.
Thirdly，a
teacher
should
be
a
bit
of
an
actor.That
is
a
useful
skill
for
teaching，which
means
that
every
now
and
then
a
teacher
should
act
as
an
actor
to
make
his
lesson
lively
and
interesting.
Fourthly，a
teacher
must
show
his
great
patience
somtimes.This
is
mainly
a
matter
of
self?training.No
one
is
born
like
that.Teaching
takes
great
energy
and
a
teacher
should
be
able
to
deal
with
problem
children.
Finally，a
teacher
should
have
the
kind
of
mind
which
always
wants
to
go
on
learning.Teaching
is
a
job
which
a
teacher
will
never
be
perfect
in.There
is
always
something
more
to
learn
about
it.There
are
three
main
aspects
of
study：the
subjects
which
the
teacher
is
teaching；the
methods
the
teacher
is
using；the
students
whom
the
teacher
is
teaching.The
two
main
rules
of
education
today
are
that
education
is
education
of
the
whole
person，and
that
it
needs
full
and
active
cooperation
between
the
teacher
and
the
students.,教师的个人品质
一名教师应具有什么样的个人品质呢？我想大多数人会接受以下观点。
首先，教师应该有人格魅力。这并不意味着教师要长得好看，因为相貌不好看的教师也可能具有他们的个人魅力。无论如何，他们不应该让人觉得厌烦。
第二，教师最基本的是要有同情心——去理解他人的内心和感受。与此紧密相关的是宽容的能力——不是宽容错误，而是宽容人性中的不成熟，正是这种不成熟使人，尤其是孩子犯错误。
第三，教师应该有点像演员。演技是教学技巧的一个方面，意思是教师时而应表演一下，使他的课更生动有趣。
第四，教师必须有无限的耐心。这主要是通过自我训练获得。我们没有一个人生来就有这种耐心。教学需要教师付出极大的努力，教师也应该能与难管教的孩子打交道。
最后，教师应当有一颗永远渴望学习的心。教书是一个你永远无法做到尽善尽美的职业，总是有更多要学的东西。主要有三个要学习的方面：教师所教授的科目，所使用的教学方法和所教的那些学生。当今教育的两大原则是，教育是对人的全面培养，同时，它需要教师与学生这两者之间完全的、积极的合作。第二单元
Reading
A
Diary
from
Brian
Oct.18，Thursday Sunny
“Keep
your
eyes
on
your
own
paper”
is
one
of
the
rules
that
Mrs.
Archer
has
taught
us.It
is
a
simple
rule，but
it’s
not
a
rule
everybody
chooses
to
follow.
This
morning，I
had
an
experience
with
a
“rule
breaker”
during
an
English
exam.I
felt
somebody
was
watching
me
a
little
too
closely.I
turned
my
head
quickly
and
saw
James，who
sat
right
behind
me.My
eyes
caught
his
and
he
whispered，“I
hope
you
studied
for
this
test！”
I
gave
him
a
smile，not
sure
whether
he
was
joking
or
not，and
returned
to
my
test.This
time
I
leaned
a
little
more
closely
towards
my
paper.“I
can’t
see！”James
whispered.
“What
am
I
going
to
do？”I
thought
to
myself.Cheating
went
against
my
beliefs.Besides，I’d
studied
hard
for
the
test.Clearly
James
hadn’t.Why
would
he
do
this？I
curled
my
arm
around
my
answers.
“He’s
your
friend，and
what
are
friends
for？”
“You
know
it’s
wrong.”
I
tapped
the
top
of
my
desk，hoping
for
an
easy
way
out
of
this
matter.No
easy
answer
came.I
just
knew
I
had
to
do
what
I
felt
was
right，even
if
it
made
James
mad.So
I
guarded
my
paper
so
that
he
couldn’t
see
my
answers.
When
the
exam
ended，I
stood
there
for
a
moment，wondering
what
to
say.As
I
stood
there
in
silence，I
felt
it
necessary
to
let
him
know
cheating
was
wrong.And
I
didn’t
want
to
destroy
our
friendship.My
mind
searched
for
the
right
words.
“Sorry，James，but
you
know
me
well
enough
to
understand
how
I
feel
about
cheating，”I
said
slowly
and
gently.“But
maybe
I
could
help
you
study
before
the
next
test.”“OK，Brian，”he
smiled
slightly，“It
might
not
be
easy，but
I’ll
give
it
a
try.”
I
stood
there
for
a
moment
more，finally
able
to
breathe
again.I
felt
relieved
that
my
friendship
with
James
hadn’t
been
destroyed.Mrs.
Archer
would
be
proud.,日记一则
10月18日
星期四 晴
“眼睛看着自己的试卷”是阿切尔老师教给我们的规则中的一条。这条规则虽简单，但却不是人人都会遵守的。
今天上午，在英语考试中，我就遇到了这么一个“违规者”。我察觉到有人在看我，并且也太近了一点。我迅速地回过头，看到坐在我正后方的詹姆斯。我们目光相遇，他轻声说：“我希望你为此次考试做了准备。”
我朝他微笑了一下，不确定他是否是在开玩笑，便又继续做我的试题。这回，我朝我试卷的方向倾得更近了。“我看不见！”詹姆斯低声说。
“我该怎么办？”我思考着。作弊违背了我的信念。另外，我已为此次考试而努力学习了。显然詹姆斯并没有。他怎么能这么做？我支起我的臂膀遮住所有的答案。
“他是你的朋友，而朋友的意义何在？”
“你知道这么做是错的。”
我轻敲着桌面，希望能够找到一个简单的方法来解决这个问题。但却不易。我只是觉得我应该做我认为正确的事，即使这样会使詹姆斯生气。因此，我护着我的试卷，使他不能看到我的答案。
当考试结束时，我在那儿站了一会儿，思考着应该说些什么。当我静静地站在那儿时，我觉得我应该让他知道作弊是错误的。并且我不想毁掉我们的友谊。我在脑海里搜寻着适当的话语。
“对不起，詹姆斯，我对作弊的看法你最清楚不过了。”我缓慢而轻柔地说。“或许我可以在下次考试前在学习上帮助你。”“好的，布莱恩，”他微微一笑，“这也许不容易，但我会试一试。”
我在那站了一会儿，最终可以再度呼吸。我为我们的友情没有被毁而感到欣慰。阿切尔老师会因此而感到骄傲的。
Further
Reading
A
Noble
Heart
I
was
sleeping
soundly
last
night
when
I
was
awakened
by
someone’s
groans.I
listened，and
heard
it
was
coming
from
Sam，a
student
from
Africa.I
really
intended
to
go
on
sleeping，as
I
had
insomnia
and
had
just
fallen
asleep，but
I
couldn’t
because
Sam
kept
groaning
louder
and
louder，showing
he
was
seriously
ill.
At
that
time，Robbie，a
student
from
China，also
got
up
to
help.We
found
some
medicine，got
some
water，and
helped
Sam
sit
up
to
take
it，hoping
this
would
reduce
his
pain
and
tide
over
the
difficult
time.If
only
daytime
would
come
soon，everything
would
become
easier.
Things
went
contrary
to
our
wishes.Sam’s
condition
went
from
bad
to
worse.We
called
the
emergency
service，and
in
no
time
an
ambulance
stopped
in
front
of
our
gate.We
helped
the
medical
workers
carry
Sam
to
the
vehicle，and
then
both
Robbie
and
I
got
in
and
accompanied
Sam
to
the
hospital.
We
helped
him
go
through
many
checkups.After
all
kinds
of
tests，we
were
relieved
to
hear
that
the
final
diagnosis
was
appendicitis.Fortunately，Sam’s
case
didn’t
need
an
operation
because
we
brought
him
to
the
hospital
in
time.He
got
timely
treatment.
At
daybreak，Sam
was
much
better.After
we
arranged
everything
with
him，we
rushed
back
to
prepare
ourselves
for
class.We
were
a
little
tired，but
we
had
a
noble
feeling
in
our
hearts.We
had
certainly
done
something
good，something
right.,崇高的心灵
昨夜，正当我熟睡时，我被呻吟声吵醒了。我听了听，是来自非洲的山姆同学在呻吟。我真得想继续睡，因为我患有失眠症，并且刚刚才睡着。可我不能这么做，因为山姆的呻吟声越来越大，这说明他病得很厉害。
此时，罗比，一个来自中国的学生也起来帮忙。我们找了些药，倒了水，并扶他起来吃了药，希望这样能够减轻他的痛苦并度过这困难时刻。要是能马上天亮就好了，那样所有的事情都要好办些。
事与愿违。山姆的病情越来越严重了。我们呼叫了急救服务，很快一辆救护车就停在了我们的大门前。我们协助医护人员扶山姆上了救护车，然后我和罗比陪山姆去了医院。
我们陪着山姆做了多项检查。所有的化验结果出来后，我们欣慰地得知最终的诊断只是盲肠炎。幸运的是由于送得及时，山姆并不需要动手术。山姆得到了及时的治疗。
天亮时，山姆好多了。我们为他安排妥当之后，赶回去准备上课。虽然我们有点儿累，但心中却有一种自豪感。我们做了件好事，一件正确的事。
Challenging
Yourself
Ⅰ
Reading
The
Animal
School
Once
upon
a
time，the
animals
set
up
a
school.Their
subjects
consisted
of
running，climbing，swimming
and
flying.To
make
the
school
management
easier，all
the
animals
had
to
take
all
the
subjects.
The
duck
was
excellent
in
swimming，in
fact
better
than
her
teacher，but
she
made
only
a
passing
grade
in
flying
and
was
very
poor
in
running.Because
she
was
slow
in
running，she
had
to
stay
after
school
and
also
gave
up
swimming
in
order
to
practise
running.She
went
on
practising
running
until
her
webbed
feet
were
badly
worn.Finally，she
didn’t
pass
the
running
test
and
was
only
average
in
swimming.But
average
was
acceptable
in
school，so
nobody
worried
about
that
except
the
duck
herself.
The
rabbit
was
at
the
top
of
the
class
in
running，but
felt
extremely
nervous
in
swimming
class.Later，he
had
to
leave
school
because
again
and
again
he
couldn’t
pass
the
swimming
exam.
The
squirrel
was
excellent
in
climbing
until
he
was
discouraged
in
the
flying
class
when
his
teacher
made
him
start
from
the
ground
up
instead
of
from
the
treetop
down.In
the
end，he
got
a
“C”
in
climbing
and
a
“D”
in
flying.
The
eagle
was
a
problem
child
and
was
strictly
disciplined.In
the
climbing
class
he
beat
all
the
others
to
the
top
of
the
tree，but
insisted
on
using
his
own
way
to
get
there.Because
of
this，he
also
got
a
“C”
in
climbing.
At
the
end
of
the
year，a
little
eel
that
could
swim
very
well，and
also
run，climb
and
fly
a
little
had
the
highest
average
and
got
the
scholarship.,动物学校
从前，动物们创办了一所学校。他们的学科包括跑步、攀登、游泳与飞行。为了使学校的管理更容易，所有的动物都必须学所有的学科。
小鸭游泳很优秀，实际上游得比老师还要好，但她飞行课刚刚及格，且跑步非常糟糕。因为她跑得慢，所以她放学后得留下来练习，她为了练习跑步而放弃了游泳。她坚持练习跑步，直到她那双蹼脚都磨烂了。最终，她不但没有通过跑步考试，游泳成绩也平平。因为这样的成绩在学校里是可以接受的，所以除了小鸭自己，没人担心这事儿。
小兔跑步在班上拔尖，可上游泳课时却极度紧张。后来，他不得不辍学，因为他游泳考试一而再、再而三地不及格。
小松鼠在飞行课上失去信心以前，他的攀登成绩一直是优秀的。在飞行课上，他的老师让他从地上往上爬，而不是从树梢上往下爬。最后，他的攀登得了“C”，飞行得了“D”。
小鹰是个问题儿童，因而受到了严格的管教。在攀登课上，他比其他人先爬到树梢，但他坚持用自己的方式攀登。因此，他的攀登也只得了“C”。
年终时，一条游泳游得不错，跑步、攀登、飞行都会一点点的小鳗鱼各科平均成绩得了最高分，也因此获得了奖学金。
Further
Reading
School
Education
In
most
developed
countries
the
government
provides
free
education
for
children
because
it
realizes
that
educated
citizens
are
useful
to
the
country
in
their
later
life.Most
countries
also
have
private
education.This
means
that
parents
can
pay
to
have
their
children
sent
to
certain
schools.People
who
agree
with
this
system
say
that
it
gives
parents
a
larger
choice
of
schools.Other
people
think
that
private
schools
give
the
children
who
go
to
them
an
unfair
advantage
over
other
children.
At
the
age
of
three，many
children
go
to
nursery
school.Two
or
three
years
later，they
enter
a
primary
school.At
the
age
of
about
11
they
go
to
a
secondary
school.In
some
countries
this
is
called
a
high
school.Children
remain
at
their
secondary
school
until
they
are
between
16
and
18.Then
they
may
have
a
chance
of
continuing
their
study
at
a
university
or
college.
Universities
and
colleges
are
places
where
some
young
people
go
to
continue
their
education
after
leaving
high
schools.Most
university
students
study
one
main
subject，though
they
may
also
study
a
number
of
others.Teaching
is
usually
by
lectures，or
by
discussions
between
a
lecturer
and
a
group
of
students.
Most
students
stay
at
their
university
for
three
or
four
years.At
the
end
of
that，they
take
an
examination.If
they
pass，they
receive
their
Bachelor’s
degree，usually
a
BA(Bachelor
of
Arts)，or
a
BSc(Bachelor
of
Science)．Some
students
study
for
several
more
years
in
order
to
get
higher
degrees，such
as
an
MA(Master
of
Arts)
or
a
PhD(Doctor
of
Philosophy)．
Most
university
courses
do
not
train
students
to
do
a
particular
job.Colleges，on
the
other
hand，usually
teach
skills
which
enable
students
to
follow
a
career，such
as
clothing
design
or
business
studies.
,学校教育
在大多数发达国家，政府为孩子提供免费的教育，因为政府意识到受过教育的公民将来会对国家有用的。大多数国家也有私立教育。私立教育的意思是家长可以通过付费的方式把他们的孩子送到一些学校就读。赞同这一制度的人说这一制度给家长提供了更多的学校以供选择。其他人则认为私立学校给就读私立学校的孩子一种不公平的优势。
许多孩子3岁时上幼儿园。2到3年之后，他们进入小学。大概11岁左右，他们升入中学。在一些国家，中学被称为high
school。孩子们在中学学习到16或18岁。之后，他们便有机会到综合性大学或高等专科学校继续学习。
大学与高等专科学校是一些年轻人继续受教育的地方。大多数综合性大学的学生尽管可学习许多科目，但他们主修一门主要的科目。教学通常是以讲座或主讲人同一组学生之间进行讨论的方式进行。
大多数学生在综合性大学学习3到4年。然后，就得参加考试。如果通过的话，他们将获得学士学位，通常是文学学士学位或理学学士学位。一些学生会为了文学硕士或哲学博士等更高的学位而继续深造几年。
大多数的综合大学课程不会培训学生去从事某项特定的工作。但另一方面，高等专科学校通常教授学生技能，使学生能从事某种职业，例如，服装设计、商务研究等。
第三单元
Reading
A
Violin
and
the
Law
David，a
policeman，came
to
a
cabin
about
two
miles
up
the
mountain
to
get
Cal
Richards，an
armed
and
dangerous
killer.Through
a
broken
window，he
saw
an
old
man
with
a
beard
watching
him
closely.When
he
stepped
into
the
cabin，he
found
the
old
man
was
pointing
a
gun
at
him.He
looked
around
the
cabin
and
didn’t
see
any
sign
of
Cal.“I
guess
I’ll
have
to
come
again.”he
said.Just
then
he
caught
sight
of
a
violin
hanging
on
the
wall.“Who
plays
the
violin？”he
asked.For
a
moment
there
was
silence.Actually
Cal’s
father
played
the
violin
best
in
the
area，but
he
didn’t
answer，with
his
gun
still
aiming
at
David.
David
crossed
the
room
and
felt
sweat
on
his
forehead，but
he
took
the
violin
from
the
wall
as
calmly
as
if
he
were
a
welcome
visitor.He
began
to
play
the
violin，one
tune
after
another.He
was
playing
better
than
he
had
ever
played
in
his
life.
The
old
man
stood
there，attracted.The
hatred
in
his
eyes
was
giving
way
to
a
look
of
wonder.The
gun
was
now
pointed
towards
the
floor.He
began
to
beat
time，tapping
one
foot
on
the
dirt
floor.When
the
final
notes
of
the
tune
died
away，the
old
man
placed
the
gun
in
a
corner.
“Well，stranger，”the
old
man
said，“you
play
the
violin
excellently.Maybe
you’ll
stay
for
dinner
and
play
some
more
for
me.”
After
they
had
eaten，they
sat
in
the
spring
sunshine
outside
the
cabin.They
talked
about
violin
tunes.Not
a
word
was
said
about
Cal
Richards.
About
two
hours
later，David
stood
up
and
said，“Sorry！I
must
be
getting
back
to
the
town.”
The
old
man
sat，deep
in
thought.At
last，he
said，“I
like
the
way
you
talk
and
I
like
the
way
you
play
the
violin.I
guess
you’re
a
decent
guy.”He
paused
as
if
it
were
hard
to
go
on.Then，he
said
in
a
thick
voice，“I’ll
have
a
talk
with
Cal.I
think
he
might
give
himself
up
tomorrow.You
be
at
the
police
station
at
noon！”
The
next
day，as
the
town
clock
struck
twelve，a
bearded
old
man
came
up
the
street
towards
the
police
station.With
him
was
a
young
fellow
whose
appearance
told
of
many
days
in
hiding.,小提琴和法律
警察大卫来到一间往山上走约两英里的小屋逮捕凯尔·里查兹，他是一个全副武装的、危险的杀人凶手。透过已破了的窗子，大卫看到一个留着胡子的老人正紧紧地盯着他。当他走进小屋，他发现那老人正用枪对着他。大卫环视着小屋，没有发现任何凯尔的踪迹。“我想我明天还得再来，”大卫说。就在那时，他看到墙上挂着一把小提琴。“谁拉这把小提琴？”他问道。一时间，没人说话。实际上，凯尔的父亲是这一带拉小提琴拉得最好的，但他没有回答，仍然用他那杆枪指着大卫。
大卫走过去取琴，他额头上冒出了汗，但他还是从容地从墙上取下了琴，就好像他是一位颇受欢迎的客人。他开始一曲又一曲地拉起了小提琴。他这一生中，此时拉得最好。
老人站在那里，被乐曲声吸引住了。他目光中的敌意已被惊讶的神情所替代，他的枪正指着地板。他开始随着音乐的节拍，用脚轻轻敲打着脏乱的地板，当乐曲的最后一个音符消失时，老人把枪放在了墙角。
“嗯，年轻人，”老人说，“你的小提琴拉得棒极了。也许你愿意留下来吃饭，然后再给我拉几首。”
吃完饭，他们坐在屋外春意浓浓的阳光下。他们谈着小提琴曲，没有人提到凯尔·里查兹。
大约两小时过去了，大卫站起身来，说道：“抱歉，我得回城里去了。”
老人坐着，陷入了沉思。最后，他说，“我喜欢你这么说话，我也喜欢听你拉琴。我想你是个正派的人。”他停了片刻，似乎下面的话很难说出。而后，他用凝重的语气说道：“我要和凯尔谈谈。我想他明天就会去自首的。明天正午你在警察局等着吧！”
第二天，当城里的钟敲响了12下，一位留着胡子的老人沿着街道向警察局走来。和他一起来的是一个小伙子，一看他那样子就知道他已躲藏了多日。
Further
Reading
Country
Music
Country
music
is
a
major
kind
of
American
popular
music.It
is
mainly
produced
by
white
Southerners
in
the
early
1920s.Although
originally
it
was
known
as
“hillbilly
music”，it
has
gained
wide
international
acceptance
since
it
became
part
of
popular
music.
Musically
speaking，country
music
has
a
simple
style
and
is
relaxing
to
listen
to；this
is
why
it
is
so
popular.This
basic
aspect
comes
from
the
fact
that
it
is
based
mainly
on
lyrical
content
rather
than
musical
content.The
main
aim
of
the
musical
elements
of
harmony，melody，and
rhythm
is
to
show
off
the
lyrics.
The
lyrics
commonly
reflect
the
lives
of
ordinary，working?class
Americans
and
cover
such
subjects
as
love
and
relationships，loneliness，religion，and
work.Most
lyrics
are
economical，using
150
or
fewer
words，and
the
result
is
often
poetic.
Country
music
tends
to
mirror
the
concerns，achievements，and
lifestyles
of
the
times，and
remains
an
important
form
of
American
cultural
expression.
The
Beatles
In
the
early
1960s，there
was
a
movement
against
tradition
all
over
the
world.In
England
this
movement
was
represented
by
the
Beatles.
The
Beatles
found
a
way
for
angry
young
men
to
express
their
feelings
in
noisy
music
and
pop
songs.At
first
the
Beatles
were
concerned
mainly
with
young
men’s
personal
problems，like
love，sorrow，good
and
bad
luck.Later
the
Beatles
showed
the
climate
of
the
1960s
and
sang
of
social
injustice
and
inequality.
The
Beatles
showed
much
admiration
for
Afro?American
rhythm?and?blues.The
early
songs
were
simple
love
songs
and
their
later
songs
were
under
the
influence
of
the
music
and
religion
of
India.
The
Beatles
believed
in
their
talents
and
never
copied
anyone，thus
they
created
melodies
rich
and
original
enough
for
other
famous
bands
to
play
and
sing.They
Beatles
voiced
the
emotions
of
young
men
and
the
philosophy
of
the
time，especially
the
optimism.In
a
time
when
winter
in
England
seemed
to
go
on
forever，the
Beatles
imagined
spring
for
people
to
enjoy.
In
March
2001，a
magazine
in
the
USA
called
Forbes
listed
the
Beatles
as
No.3
among
the
100
top
world
celebrities.,乡村音乐
乡村音乐是美国流行音乐的一种主要形式。它早在20世纪20年代就由美国南方的白人创立。虽然最初它被认为是“山地音乐”，但自从它融入流行音乐后，就得到了全世界的认可。
从音乐的角度来说，乡村音乐的风格简单，这正是它如此流行的原因所在。它基本上是注重歌词的内容而不是音乐的内容。其主要目的是通过音乐上的协调、旋律和节奏来表现歌词的含义。
乡村音乐的歌词通常所反映的是美国普通的劳动人民的生活，涉及的主题有爱情、孤独、宗教和工作等。大多数的歌词只有150字或更少，但却充满了诗意。
乡村音乐常反映出时代的焦点、成就和生活方式，所以一直是美国文化的一种重要的表现形式。
甲壳虫乐队
20世纪60年代初，全世界掀起了一场反传统的运动。在英国，这一运动的代言人就是甲壳虫乐队。
甲壳虫乐队为愤怒的年轻人找到了一种用嘈杂的音乐和流行歌曲来宣泄情感的方法。最初，甲壳虫乐队主要关注的是年轻人的个人问题，如：爱情、悲伤、好运和坏运。后来他们也揭露那个时代的风气和社会的不公平。
甲壳虫很欣赏美国黑人文化的节奏与布鲁斯。甲壳虫乐队早期的歌曲是一些简单的爱情歌曲，但后来的歌曲却受到了印度音乐和宗教的影响。
甲壳虫乐队相信自己的才能，从不抄袭他人之作，因此，他们创作了很多风格各异的原创乐曲，足以让别的著名乐队来演奏和传唱。甲壳虫乐队唱出了年轻人的情感和那个时代人们的人生观，特别是乐观的人生观。在当时的英国，冬日似乎遥遥无期，甲壳虫乐队却为人们描绘了令人愉悦的春天的美景。
2001年的三月，在美国的《福布斯》杂志上，甲壳虫乐队排名世界名人一百人中的第三。
第四单元
Reading
My
Favourite
Film
The
film
I
have
enjoyed
most
is
The
Sound
of
Music.It
is
a
very
old
film
which
won
five
Oscar
awards.But
for
me，there
has
been
no
other
film
to
match
its
excellence.
Everything
about
the
film
is
enjoyable.Woven
around
a
very
simple
theme，this
film
tells
a
story
about
seven
naughty
but
lovable
children，their
governess，Maria，and
their
strict
father，the
captain，who
knows
nothing
about
bringing
up
children.The
heroine，Maria，brings
music
and
joy
back
to
the
family.The
children
take
to
her
and
they
become
great
friends，for
she
is
young
enough
to
enjoy
their
fun
and
she
is
also
mature
enough
to
guide
their
behaviour.
There
is
a
bit
of
something
for
everybody
in
it，too.Children
will
take
to
the
seven
naughty
children
and
the
fun
that
they
have.Young
girls
like
the
heroine，whom
they
can
identify
themselves
with.People
will
also
like
the
romantic
love，the
beautiful
feeling
that
grows
between
the
captain
and
Maria.Boys，for
whom
guns
hold
a
great
interest，like
the
mystery
in
the
war
that
the
family
escapes
from.
The
Sound
of
Music
is
the
type
of
film
which
more
producers
should
try
to
learn
from.The
music，especially
the
songs，remains
in
everyone’s
memory.It
is
light，tuneful，and
memorable，and
it
appeals
to
both
the
young
and
the
old.The
photography
and
the
colour
are
very
attractive，too.The
scenes
and
background
are
very
much
in
keeping
with
the
story
and
the
effect
is
wonderful.The
acting
is
superb，as
every
feeling
is
brought
out
fully.
The
story
is
apparently
common
and
it
does
not
try
to
put
across
any
moral
values，but
the
real
effect
is
very
educational.Human
feelings，emotions
and
doubts
are
clearly
shown.It
is
obvious
that
the
film
is
everybody’s
idea
of
entertainment
and
the
whole
film
is
very
enjoyable
and
unforgettable.,我最喜欢的电影
我最喜欢的电影是《音乐之声》，它是一部得了五项奥斯卡奖的老影片。但是对我而言，没有别的电影可以与之相比。
整部电影都是令人愉快的。电影围绕着一个简单的主题展开，讲述了一个关于七个淘气又可爱的孩子，他们的家庭女教师玛利亚，以及对带孩子一窍不通的严厉父亲之间的故事。片中的女主角玛利亚把音乐和欢乐带回了这个家庭。一方面，她很年轻，能与孩子们同喜同乐；另一方面，她的成熟足以引导孩子们的行为。孩子们喜欢上了她，并与她成了极好的朋友。
人们都觉得影片中有自己喜欢的东西。孩子们会喜欢上那七个顽皮的孩子和他们的那些乐趣。姑娘们喜欢女主角，她们会把自己当成是女主角。人们也喜欢在父亲和玛利亚之间的那份美丽的、浪漫的爱情。至于那些对枪怀有极大兴趣的男孩们，他们喜欢电影中这一家人所逃脱的那场战争所带来的神秘色彩。
《音乐之声》这类电影是更多的制片人都应效仿的。片中的音乐，尤其是歌曲，仍留在人们的记忆中。片中那轻快的、悦耳的、令人难忘的音乐使男女老少都陶醉。片中的摄影技术和色彩也很吸引人。镜头和背景与故事非常协调，效果极佳。演员演技一流，把各种情感都表现得淋漓尽致。
片中的故事显然是普通的，它并不想极力说服人们接受任何道德观，但最终的效果却是很有教育意义的。人类的情感和疑虑都清楚地表现了出来。显而易见，这部影片是人人理想中的娱乐片，整部影片都是那么得令人愉快和难忘。
Further
Reading
Tom
Hanks
Hanks
was
born
on
July
9th,1956，in
California.When
his
parents
separated，he
and
his
two
elder
brothers
went
with
their
dad.Their
father
travelled
a
lot
in
search
of
work.Hanks
never
stayed
at
a
place
long
enough
to
make
good
friends，and
became
very
shy.In
high
school，he
took
roles
in
school
theatre
plays
and
soon
learned
to
love
acting.
After
he
left
school，he
was
off
to
New
York
City，where
he
was
going
to
take
the
big
gamble
and
try
to
become
a
star.After
many
tests，he
finally
found
work
playing
roles
on
a
television
show.Hanks
began
appearing
in
many
of
the
1980s
most
famous
comedies，which
kept
his
career
going.
He
reached
a
peak
in
1990
with
Big
(1988)，for
which
he
got
his
first
Oscar
nomination.Then
he
played
a
lawyer
in
Philadelphia(1993)
and
won
that
year’s
Oscar
for
Best
Actor.In
1994
Hanks
played
the
slow?witted
but
lucky
Forrest
Gump
and
received
his
second
Oscar.In
1998，he
starred
as
an
army
captain
in
Saving
Private
Ryan，a
movie
that
won
5
Oscars.
Tom
Hanks
is
undoubtedly
one
of
Hollywood’s
finest
actors
and
also
has
many
fans
in
China.He
has
a
natural
charm
that
the
audience
love
and
respect.It
is
no
wonder
that
Cast
Away
earned
him
nominations
once
again.
,汤姆·汉克斯
汤姆·汉克斯于1956年7月9日出生于美国的加利福尼亚州。当父母分居后，他和他的两个哥哥跟着父亲居住。为了找工作，父亲到处奔波。因此，汉克斯从未在一个地方呆上足够长的时间以交上好朋友，他变得很害羞。高中时，他开始在学校排演的戏剧中扮演角色，不久就喜欢上了表演。
中学毕业后，他去纽约闯天下，梦想成为明星。许多次尝试后，他最终开始在电视节目中扮演角色。后来，他开始在20世纪80年代的多部有名的戏剧中扮演角色，这使他的演艺生涯得以继续。
1990年，由于领衔主演《飞进未来》(1988)，他的事业达到了最高峰。由此，他第一次获得了奥斯卡最佳男主角提名奖。随后，他又在《费城故事》(1993)中扮演一名律师，并获得了当年的奥斯卡金像奖最佳男主角奖。1994年，他成功地演绎了一个智商低下但却幸运的阿甘，并再次获得了最佳男主角奖。1998年，他在《拯救大兵雷恩》中领衔主演一名上尉，该片获得了5项奥斯卡大奖。
毫无疑问，汤姆·汉克斯是好莱坞最优秀的男演员之一，他在中国也拥有很多影迷。他具有令观众爱戴和尊敬的自然魅力。难怪《浩劫重生》这部影片又一次使他获得了最佳男主角提名奖。
Challenging
Yourself
Ⅱ
Reading
Who
to
Believe?
My
doctors
told
me
I
would
never
walk
again.My
mother
told
me
I
would.I
believed
my
mother.
Wilma
Rudolph
was
born
into
a
very
poor
family
in
1940
in
Tennessee.When
she
was
four
years
old，a
deadly
illness
made
her
left
leg
useless.She
had
to
wear
an
iron
leg
brace.Her
doctors
told
her
she
would
never
walk
like
a
normal
person
without
the
brace.Yet
she
was
fortunate
in
having
a
mother
who
encouraged
her
to
have
faith
and
courage.
At
nine
years
of
age，the
little
girl
removed
the
leg
brace
and
took
the
step
which
was
impossible
according
to
the
doctors.Then
she
got
the
notion，the
incredible
notion，that
she
would
like
to
be
the
world’s
greatest
woman
runner.Now，what
could
she
mean－be
a
runner
with
a
leg
like
that?
At
the
age
of
thirteen，she
began
to
enter
races.But
she
came
in
last
in
every
race.Everyone
begged
her
to
quit.However，one
day，she
came
in
next
to
last.And
then
there
came
a
day
when
she
won
a
race.From
then
on，Wilma
Rudolph
won
every
race
that
she
entered.
In
1957，Wilma
went
to
Tennessee
State
University，where
she
met
a
coach
named
Ed
Temple.He
trained
her
so
well
that
in
1960
she
went
to
the
Olympic
Games
in
Rome.There
she
beat
a
German
girl
named
Jutta
Heine，the
greatest
woman
runner
of
the
day.Wilma
had
just
won
two
Olympic
gold
medals
both
in
the
100?metre
dash
and
the
200－metre
dash.Then
came
the
400?metre
relay.It
would
be
Wilma
against
Jutta
once
again.When
the
third
runner
handed
the
baton
to
Wilma，she
was
so
excited
that
she
dropped
it，and
Wilma
saw
Jutta
taking
off
down
the
track.It
was
impossible
that
anybody
could
catch
this
girl.But
Wilma
did
just
that！Wilma
Rudolph
had
earned
her
third
Olympic
gold
medal
in
the
17th
Olympic
Games.
That
day
Wilma
made
history
as
she
became
the
first
woman
who
had
won
three
gold
medals
in
the
same
Olympic
Games.Later
she
said：“The
triumph
can’t
be
had
without
the
struggle.And
I
know
what
struggle
is.I
have
spent
a
lifetime
trying
to
share
what
it
has
meant
to
be
a
woman
first
in
the
world
of
sports
so
that
other
young
women
have
a
chance
to
reach
their
dreams.”
,相信谁？
(医生曾对我说，我再也不能行走了，然而妈妈却说我能。我相信妈妈。)
威尔玛·鲁道夫1940年出生在田纳西州一个边远地区的贫困家庭里。4岁时，一场致命的疾病使她左腿瘫痪了。她不得不套上一个铁支架。她的医生告诉她，不用支架她将永远不能像正常人那样走路。所幸的是她有一个鼓励她要有信心和勇气的母亲。
9岁时，这个小姑娘去掉支架开始迈步，而医生曾告诉她这是不可能的。然后她有了一个念头，一个令人难以置信的念头，那就是她要成为世界上最棒的女子跑步运动员。这能成吗？一条那样的腿能成为赛跑运动员吗？
13岁时她开始参加赛跑，但每次都是倒数第一。大家劝她不要再跑了。可有一天她得了倒数第二。后来终于有一天她跑了第一。从那以后，威尔玛·鲁道夫每次赛跑都是第一。
1957年威尔玛进入了田纳西州州立大学读书，在那里她遇到了一个名叫埃德·坦普尔的教练。由于他的训练十分到位，1960年她参加了在罗马举行的奥运会。那次奥运会上，她战胜了一位名叫尤塔·海内的德国姑娘，她可是那个时代最著名的女子赛跑运动员。她就这样在100米和200米短跑中赢得了两块奥运会金牌。最后是400米接力赛，威尔玛再次与尤塔竞争。第三个运动员将棒传到威尔玛手中时，由于她过于激动，棒掉到了地上，并且这时，威尔玛看到尤塔已经冲上了跑道。要追上这个女孩，任何人都不可能，但威尔玛就是做到了！威尔玛·鲁道夫获得了她在第17届奥运会上的第3块金牌！
那天，威尔玛成了第一位在同一届奥运会上夺得三块金牌的女运动员，名垂史册。之后她说道：“没有任何胜利不是通过奋斗而取得的。我知道什么是奋斗。我一生都努力与大家分享作为一个在体育世界领先的女子的意义，以便其他年轻女子也能有机会实现她们的梦想。”
Further
Reading
Flowers
for
you
Flowers
should
be
presented
to
winners.Why
should
they
be
given
to
this
disgraced
loser?
Since
she
fell
on
the
mat
from
the
horizontal
bar
four
days
before
at
the
International
Gymnastics
Championships，she
had
kept
her
beautiful
and
once
proud
head
bent.Now
she
was
back
at
the
Capital
Airport
from
abroad.Upon
entering
the
lobby，she
wished
she
could
hide
her
head
under
her
collar.She
was
ashamed
to
face
the
people
who
had
come
to
welcome
her
right
at
the
airport.She
was
even
afraid
to
see
the
warm?hearted
stewardess－one
of
her
admirers.Each
time
she
went
abroad
from
the
airport，this
stewardess
would
rush
up
to
help
her
with
her
luggage.What
a
shame
that
she
had
absolutely
failed!
Two
years
before，she
took
part
in
an
international
competition
for
the
first
time，and
unexpectedly
she
won
two
world
titles.When
she
returned
home
that
year，she
was
given
a
warm
welcome
in
the
same
lobby.During
the
past
two
years，she
had
taken
part
in
many
international
competitions
and
brought
back
one
shining
medal
after
another.What
she
got
in
return
was
all
smiles，flowers
and
camera
flashes.The
more
she
won，the
more
obsessed
she
was
with
the
fear
of
losing.So
her
mind
was
in
fact
more
burdened
with
success
than
with
failure.
In
order
to
avoid
people
at
the
airport，she
trailed
along
behind
the
team.When
she
found
that
very
few
people
greeted
her
and
reporters
seemed
to
shun
her，she
felt
hurt
and
deserted
and
ashamed
of
herself.
All
of
a
sudden，she
saw
a
pair
of
shoes
in
front
of
her.Who
could
it
be？Before
her
stood
the
stewardess
with
her
hands
behind
her
back，speaking
with
a
smile，“I
watched
your
performance
on
the
television.I
knew
you
would
come
home
today.So
I
am
here
especially
to
welcome
you.”
“I
did
very
poorly.”She
lowered
her
head
again.
“No.You
did
your
best.”
“But
I
failed.”
“Nobody
can
avoid
failure.I
believe
failure
is
as
important
to
you
as
success.Failure
belongs
to
the
past，and
victory
belongs
to
the
future.”The
stewardess’voice
came
gentle
but
firm.
Hearing
these
words，the
girl
raised
her
head.The
stewardess
held
out
her
hands
from
behind
her
back
with
a
bunch
of
colourful
flowers，and
presented
it
to
the
girl.The
strong
fragrance
seemed
to
turn
into
a
powerful
current
that
went
through
her
body.She
was
moved
to
tears.
Flowers
are
usually
given
to
victorious
heroes.Why
to
this
disgraced
loser？,献你一束花
鲜花，理应呈送给凯旋的英雄。难道献给这丢脸的失败者？
在四天前的国际体操锦标赛上，当她从平衡木上跌在垫子上时，就把这美丽而神气的头垂了下来。现在她回国了，一进入首都机场的大厅，她简直要把脑袋藏进领口里去了。她怕见前来欢迎的人们，甚至怕见到机场那个热情的女服务员——她的一个崇拜者。每次她在这里乘飞机出国时，这位女服务员都跑来帮着她提行李。有什么脸见人，大败而归！
两年前，她第一次出国参加比赛，出人意料拿了两项冠军。回国时，就在这机场大厅里，她受到空前热烈的欢迎。两年来，她多次出国比赛，胸前挂着一个又一个亮晃晃的奖牌回来，迎接她的是笑脸、鲜花和摄影机雪亮的闪光。越赢越怕输，所以成功的包袱比失败的包袱更重。
为了避开人，她走在队伍的最后，可是当她发现很少有人给她打招呼，摄影记者也好像有意避开她时，她感到受了冷落，加重了心中的沮丧和愧疚。
忽然她发现一双脚停在她眼前。谁？站在她面前的原来是机场那位女服务员，她背着双手含笑对她说：“我在电视里看了你们的比赛，知道你今天回来，特意来迎接你。”
“我真糟！”她又垂下头。
“不，你已尽力了。”
“但我失败了”。
“谁都不能避免失败。我相信，失败和胜利对于你同样重要。失败属于过去，胜利属于未来。”女服务员的声音柔和而肯定。
听到这话，她抬起头来。只见女服务员把背在身后的手向前一伸，一大束五彩缤纷的鲜花捧到她的面前。浓郁的香气竟化作一股奇异的力量注入她的身体。她顿时热泪满面。
怎么？花，理应呈送给凯旋的英雄，难道也要献给这丢脸的失败者？
第五单元
Reading
My
Special
Jeans
We
shared
the
best
of
times
together－my
old
jeans
and
I．I
remember
the
day
I
got
them.It
was
sometime
in
April
of
2007.My
mum
took
me
shopping
for
jeans，and
I
picked
out
five
or
six
pairs
to
try
on.I
tried
on
a
couple
of
pairs
that
fit
okay，but
they
were
nothing
special.Then
I
tried
on
a
pair
of
“
Silver
Tab”
blue
jeans.They
were
slightly
faded
but
I
fell
in
love
with
them
the
moment
I
put
them
on!
I
didn’t
even
bother
to
try
on
the
other
three
pairs
I
had
picked
out.I
just
got
that
pair.They
were
a
bit
more
expensive
than
the
other
jeans，but
I
assured
my
mum
I
would
get
her
money’s
worth.And
that
was
no
lie!
If
there
was
one
thing
in
my
wardrobe
that
I
“over?wore”，it
would
have
to
be
those
jeans.Each
time
I
took
them
out
of
the
washer
I
noticed
they
looked
more
and
more
faded
and
that
they
were
wearing
thin，especially
in
the
left
knee
and
on
the
back
pockets.However，that
didn’t
matter
to
me
and
I
still
wore
them.Sun
or
rain，wind
or
snow－it
didn’t
matter－they
were
still
my
favourite!
By
the
next
year
at
that
time
they
were
wearing
through
right
under
the
right
back
pocket，so
I
had
mum
repair
them，because
I
couldn’t
wear
them
like
that.Mum
did
a
really
good
job
on
the
patch，and
I
wore
them
for
another
six
months
or
so.One
day，I
decided
to
invite
a
few
friends
to
my
garden
for
a
bonfire.There
was
an
old
shed
out
there
and
it
was
easy
to
climb
up
onto
it，but
it
was
a
bit
harder
to
get
down.You
had
to
jump.I
was
the
only
girl
who
dared
to
jump—I
felt
pretty
confident
because
I
had
done
it
before
when
I
was
younger.I
sat
right
on
the
edge
and
then
I
jumped.But
a
nail
caught
the
patch
under
the
right
back
pocket
of
my
jeans.So
when
I
jumped
all
I
heard
was
a
big
r?i?p
and
I
felt
a
bit
of
a
draft
as
I
hit
the
ground.Not
only
did
I
embarrass
myself
in
front
of
my
friends，but
I
also
killed
my
favourite
jeans.
When
I
told
my
mum
what
had
happened，she
said
they
were
beyond
repair.I
was
sad
because
they
had
been
my
special
jeans.But
at
least
I
could
tell
my
mum
that
I
had
gotten
her
money’s
worth!
,我心爱的牛仔裤
我和我的旧牛仔裤一起共享了很多美好时光。我仍记得买牛仔裤的那天。那是2007年4月的一天，妈妈带我去买牛仔裤，我挑了五六条试穿，都很合身，但都没什么特别的。然后，我试穿了一条Silver
Tab牌的蓝色牛仔裤。这一条牛仔裤有点泛白，但我在穿上它的那一刻就喜欢上了它。我甚至不再费事去试穿我已挑出的另外三条，我就要这条。虽然这一条比其他的更贵一些，但我向妈妈保证我会让它物有所值，我说到做到！
如果在我的衣柜里有穿得过于频繁的衣服的话，当属那条牛仔裤了。每次从洗衣机里拿出这条牛仔裤，我都会发现它的颜色越来越浅，而且裤子变得越来越薄，特别是左膝和后口袋。但我并不在意，我仍然穿着它。无论阳光灿烂还是阴雨绵绵，刮风还是下雪，这都无关紧要，它始终是我的至爱！
第二年的那个时候，就在裤子的右后袋之处破了个洞，因为不能那样穿着出门，所以我让妈妈帮我补了一下。妈妈的缝纫手艺简直一流，于是我又穿了六个月左右的时间。一天，我决定邀请一些朋友到我家花园搞一次篝火晚会。花园里有一个旧棚子，很容易就能爬到顶上，但爬下来就有点难，必须跳下来才行。我是唯一一个敢跳下来的女孩，我感觉很自信，因为我在很小的时候跳过了。我坐到棚顶的最边缘，然后一跳。可是一颗钉子挂住了牛仔裤的后袋补丁。于是当我一跳，只听到“刺啦”一声。当我触地时，我觉得一股凉意透上来。这不仅让自己在朋友面前颜面扫地，也毁了我心爱的牛仔裤。
当我告诉妈妈所发生的一切时，她说裤子已无法缝补。我很难过，因为它是我特别珍爱的牛仔裤。不过，至少我能告诉妈妈我让它物有所值了！
Further
Reading
Fashion
Fashion
is
moving
into
the
twenty?first
century.A
coat
can
change
its
colour
with
the
weather，the
stripes
on
a
shirt
will
disappear
while
you
are
wearing
it；a
blouse
can
be
worn
for
days
and
days
without
a
bad
smell...These
are
not
dreams
of
scientists，but
the
most
recent
developments
in
the
fashion
world，which
were
made
possible
by
advances
in
fibre
technology.
A
jacket
by
Stone
Island
changes
its
colour
in
warm
weather
and
costs
between
$40
and
$5,000.Peter
White，a
customer，says.“There’s
not
much
more
that
designers
can
do
with
the
old
cloth.They
need
to
make
new
cloth
to
keep
fashion
interesting.”
Massimo
Osti
is
the
man
who
has
brought
this
unusual
cloth
to
the
shops.Another
Osti’s
invention
is
the
sweatshirt
which
has
a
design
of
the
company’s
trademark
on
the
chest，which
disappears
when
you
breathe
on
it.Now
there
is
a
special
kind
of
leisure
wear
for
golfers
who
like
to
practise
in
all
weathers.As
golfers
leave
the
warm
club
house，their
sweaters
will
change
from
white
to
a
rainbow
of
colours.
Unika，a
Japanese
firm，has
developed
a
man?made
fibre
which
changes
sunlight
into
thermal
energy
and
keeps
the
wearer
up
to
10
℃
warmer
than
ordinary
fibres.A
kind
of
new
cloth
for
skiwear
can
turn
black
to
absorb
sunlight
when
the
temperature
drops
to
below
zero，and
change
to
white
at
above
5
℃
to
reflect
the
sun.
Tights
producers
in
the
Far
East
and
Europe
have
sold
many
tights
which
have
a
pleasing
smell.A
department
store
in
Britain
reports
good
sales
for
this
kind
of
tights.The
sweet
smell
lasts
up
to
three
hand?washes.
,时装
时装的发展进入了21世纪。外套的颜色会随天气变化而变化；衬衫上的条纹会在你穿上时消失；一件短袖衫可以穿很多天而没有怪味……这些都不是科学家的梦想，而是时装界的最新成果。这都是由于纤维技术的进步才使之成为了可能。
一件Stone
Island公司的夹克衫在暖和的天气里会变颜色，价格在40美元到5000美元之间。一位名叫彼得·怀特的顾客说：“设计师们对旧布料已无计可施。需要生产新型的布料来使时装更有趣。”
马西莫·奥斯提是那个使不寻常的布进入商店的人。奥斯提的另一项发明是胸口处有公司商标的圆领长袖运动衫。只要你对着商标一吹气，它就消失了。还有另一种很特别的供喜欢在各种天气状况下打高尔夫球的人穿的休闲服。当打高尔夫球的人走出俱乐部暖和的屋子，运动衫就会从白色变成七彩色。
尤利卡，日本的一家公司，已经开发出一种人造纤维，它能把阳光转换成热能，并能使穿着者比穿普通纤维制的衣服暖和10度。一种新型的滑雪衫可以在温度降到零下时变成黑色以吸收太阳光，然后当温度达到5℃以上时，又变成白色以反射阳光。
远东和欧洲的裤袜制造商已经卖出了许多含有闻起来令人愉悦的香味的裤袜。英国一家百货公司的报告显示这种裤袜的销售情况很好，在手洗3次之后，还可以闻到香气。
第六单元
Reading
Test
your
Nutrition
IQ
Variety
is
not
a
guarantee
of
good
nutrition.But
in
order
to
stay
healthy，adults
can
get
a
balanced
diet
by
including
several
servings
daily
from
the
following
main
groups.They
are
proteins，carbohydrates，fats，minerals
and
vitamins.Proteins
are
very
important
for
building
our
bodies；they
help
us
to
build
new
cells
as
old
ones
die.Meat，fish，nuts，and
cheese
are
main
sources
of
protein，but
not
the
only
ones—we
can
also
get
protein
from
eggs
and
beans.Carbohydrates
are
important
to
enable
us
to
store
energy—they
provide
fuel
for
the
body.Carbohydrates
are
found
in
sugar，rice，corn
and
wheat.Fats
give
us
energy，too.Some
foods
high
in
fat
are
ice?cream，sausage，butter，and
potato
chips.We
also
need
minerals
and
vitamins
to
help
our
body
work
properly.Fish，vegetables
and
milk
contain
most
of
the
minerals
we
need.Vitamins
are
found
in
fresh
vegetables
and
fruits.
As
long
as
people
eat
enough
dairy
foods，eggs，and
meat，they
can
get
essential
proteins.
Nutritional
value
depends
on
what
types
of
food
you
eat，not
when
you
eat
them.Eating
a
hard?boiled
egg
or
an
orange
as
a
snack
can
contribute
to
a
well?balanced
diet.
It’s
widely
believed
that
extra
vitamins
provide
more
energy.But
taking
more
than
what
the
body
needs
doesn’t
make
it
function
better
just
as
overfilling
your
gas
tank
won’t
make
your
car
run
better.
Proper
weight
alone
doesn’t
show
whether
a
diet
is
lacking
in
vitamins
and
minerals.The
scales
make
no
distinction
between
the
similar
numbers
of
calories
of
a
can
of
soda
and
two
eggs.
If
you
cut
out
starchy
foods，such
as
peas，potatoes，bread，and
rice，you
cut
out
very
good
sources
of
several
vitamins，such
as
Vitamin
B
and
Vitamin
C，and
other
nutritions.Furthermore，there’s
nothing
magical
about
protein，The
simple
truth
is
that
you
have
to
either
eat
fewer
calories
or
use
up
more
in
order
to
lose
weight.
Now
you
can
say
you
know
something
about
food
and
nutrition
by
today’s
standards.But
rememer
that
nutrition
is
a
complex
and
growing
science
and
that
today’s
beliefs
may
be
changed
as
new
information
becomes
available.
,测测你的营养知识
品种多并不能确保营养好。但是为了保持健康，成年人可以从以下几种食品中获得均衡的饮食。它们是蛋白质、碳水化合物、脂肪、矿物质和维生素。对于我们身体的生长蛋白质是非常重要的，它们有助于在老细胞死亡的同时造出新细胞。肉类和奶制品是主要的蛋白质来源，但不是唯一的。我们还可以从鸡蛋和豆类中获取。碳水化合物和脂肪在我们身体储存能量方面至关重要，它们对我们的身体提供燃料。碳水化舍物富含于糖和像米、玉米、小麦这样的谷类中。脂肪富含在植物油、黄油和香肠等食物中。我们的身体还需要矿物质和维生素来保持身体的正常运转。而我们所需的大部分矿物质都富含于鱼、蔬菜和牛奶中，而维生素却在新鲜的蔬菜和水果中。只要人们吃足够的奶制品，蛋和肉，就能获取足够的蛋白质。
营养价值取决于你吃什么类型的食物，而不是取决于你什么时候吃。作为零食，吃一个煮鸡蛋或橘子都有利于均衡饮食。
人们普遍相信额外的维生素会提供更多能量。但如果超过身体所需，不会使身体更健康，因为就像给汽车油箱超额加油，并不会使你的车行驶得更好。
仅仅适当的体重并不能说明饮食中是否缺乏维生素和矿物质。磅秤显示不出热量相等的一罐汽水和两个鸡蛋间的差别。
如果你减少淀粉类食物，如豌豆、土豆、面包以及米饭，你的食物中就少了好几种维生素，如维生素B、维生素C以及其他营养的好来源。此外，蛋白质并不是什么奇异的东西。事实上，要减肥你就必须要么少摄入热量，要么多消耗热量。
现在你可以说你对当今的食物和营养已有一定了解。但是请记住，营养是一门复杂和变化着的科学，随着新信息唾手可得，今天的观念也会改变。
Further
Reading
There
is
a
saying：Breakfast
like
a
king，lunch
like
a
prince，and
dinner
like
a
pauper—a
very
poor
person.This
means
that
breakfast
should
be
the
largest
meal
of
your
day.In
many
countries，the
biggest
meal
of
the
day
is
dinner.So
why
does
this
saying
advise
us
to
eat
a
large
breakfast
instead?
The
answer
is
in
the
word“breakfast”itself，which
means
the
“breaking”of
a
“fast”，or
a
long
period
without
eating.The
gap
between
dinner
and
breakfast
can
be
up
to
twelve
hours，so
the
meal
that
breaks
your
fast
should
be
healthy
and
wholesome.Also，unlike
your
evening
meal，the
food
you
consume
for
breakfast
will
give
you
energy
to
use
while
you
are
active
during
the
day.There
is
evidence
that
eating
a
big
breakfast，particularly
one
containing
whole
grains
and
fruit，can
improve
your
concentration
and
mood.
Although
health
experts
stress
the
importance
of
eating
a
good
breakfast
and
having
one’s
main
meal
earlier
in
the
day，not
many
people
are
changing
their
daily
eating
habits.In
the
U．S.，for
example，about
two?thirds
of
the
population
still
has
its
main
meal
in
the
evening.Many
of
the
most
popular
types
of
American
food，such
as
steak
and
potatoes，are
full
of
fat
and
carbohydrates，which
make
them
slow
to
digest.
In
Mexico，the
most
important
meal
for
many
families
is
usually
eaten
at
2：00
p．m.
The
meal
normally
includes
and
appetizer，soup，pasta，fish，meat
with
a
salad，dessert，and
finally
tea
or
coffee.In
Switzerland，the
main
meal
is
also
eaten
in
the
middle
of
the
day，and
usually
contains
a
lot
of
fresh
vegetables
and
fruits.
Many
nutritionists
suggest
that
people
eat
small，low?fat
meals
five
or
six
times
a
day.Most
agree，however，that
good
nutrition
and
what
you
eat
is
more
important
than
when
you
eat
it.Keeping
to
a
balanced
diet
of
nutritious，low?calorie
foods
like
vegetables，whole
grains，fish，and
fresh
fruits
is
the
best
way
to
enjoy
a
healthy
life.
, 俗话说：“早吃好；午吃饱；晚吃少。”这就是说早餐应该是一天中最丰富的一餐。在很多国家最丰富的一餐却是晚餐。可为何这种说法建议我们要吃一顿丰盛的早餐呢？
答案就在“breakfast”这个词本身。这个词本意是指斋戒或长期禁食的解除。晚餐与早餐之间的间隔时间可长达12小时。因此解除禁食的这一餐应该是健康有益的。而且与晚餐不同的是，早餐所吃的食物会为你白天的活动提供所需的能量。事实表明一顿丰盛的早餐，尤其是含有谷物、水果的早餐，有助于改善你的注意力和情绪。
虽然健康专家强调吃一顿丰富早餐和在一天中较早的时候吃正餐的重要性，但并没有太多的人在改变着他们的饮食习惯。例如：美国有2/3的人仍然在晚上吃正餐。许多美国人最喜欢吃的食物，如牛排、土豆，都含有大量的脂肪和碳水化合物，这就使得这些食物难以消化。
在墨西哥，很多家庭中最重要的一餐通常是在下午两点，这一餐一般包括开胃菜、汤、面食、鱼、配有沙拉的肉、甜点，最后还有茶或者咖啡。在瑞士，正餐也是在中午。通常包括大量的新鲜蔬菜和水果。
许多营养学家建议人们每日进食少量的、低脂肪的食物5至6次。但是他们大多数都认为丰富的营养和吃什么样的食物比什么时候吃更重要。享受健康生活的最佳方式是坚持吃低热量的、营养均衡的食物，例如：蔬菜、全营养谷物、鱼和新鲜的水果。
Challenging
Yourself
Ⅲ
Reading
How
to
Live?
In
Britain，approximately
every
two
out
of
three
people
own
the
houses
they
live
in.But
buying
a
house
is
a
large
investment
for
many
people
and
the
majority
buy
their
homes
with
a
mortgage
loan
from
a
bank.The
loan
is
repaid
monthly
over
a
period
of
twenty
years
or
more.How
about
the
remaining
one
third？They
have
to
rent
houses
from
public
authorities
or
landlords.
In
Britain，over
80%
of
the
people
live
in
the
suburbs
in
semidetached
or
detached
two?story
houses，often
with
gardens！Most
of
the
houses
are
equipped
with
central
heating.This
kind
of
living
offers
a
golden
opportunity
for
DIY—“Do
It
Yourself”，the
movement
of
doing
the
interior
decoration
and
of
making
the
garden
beautiful
yourself.Both
are
funny
and
comfortable，aren’t
they？But
low?paid
workers
live
in
the
inner
cities.
In
Britain，the
average
family
moves
once
every
seven
years.The
process
of
moving
involves
an
estate
agent
for
advertising
houses
for
sale，a
bank
or
insurance
company
for
the
money，and
a
lawyer
to
handle
the
legal
aspects
of
the
buying
and
selling.
Things
are
a
little
different
in
America.
The
so?called
millionaires
may
live
in
cozy
villas，with
private
swimming
pools！And
the
middle?class
people，who
make
up
about
40%
of
the
total
American
population，live
in
detached
houses
or
villas
in
the
suburbs.How
about
the
rest？They
are
the
lower
class，making
up
15%
or
so
of
Americans，all
of
whom
live
below
the
official
“poverty
line”．But
can
you
imagine
where
they
live?
In
America，a
lot
of
houses
have
been
built
in
the
suburbs，far
from
the
centres
of
large
cities.While
more
and
more
people
are
working
in
and
around
big
cities，most
prefer
not
to
live
in
cities.The
more
money
one
has，the
farther
one
lives
away
from
the
town
centre.Those“less
advantaged”people
have
nowhere
to
go
but
the
central
cities.Poor
blacks
usually
live
together
in
all?black
areas
like
the
South
Bronx
in
New
York.
Most
Chinese?Americans
live
in
cities
on
the
Pacific
and
Atlantic
coasts.Many
of
them，rich
or
poor，prefer
to
live
together
in
areas
known
as
Chinatowns.
But
Americans
are
restless
people
who
are
always
ready
to
move.For
them，nothing
is
seen
as
unchangeable.An
American
hopes
and
expects
to
exchange
everthing
for
something
better.
,怎样住？
在英国，大约有2/3的人居住在自己所拥有的房子里。但买房对许多人来讲都是一笔大投资，而且大多数的人都通过从银行抵押贷款来购房。贷款按月偿还，贷款期限可达20年或更长。那剩下的1/3的人住哪儿呢？他们只好从政府或房东那儿租房住。
在英国，超过80%的人住在郊区的半独立或独立的、带有花园的两层楼里。大多数房子都装有中央暖气。这种居住条件为英国人的“自己动手”提供了极好的机会，自己动手搞搞内部的装修或把花园弄得更漂亮。这两件事做起来都很有意思、很舒服，是吧？但低收入的工人却只能住在市中心。
在英国，普通家庭平均每七年搬一次家。搬家的过程要牵涉到登广告卖房的房地产中间商、提供钱的银行或保险公司，还有处理买房和卖房事务的律师。
在美国，情况又有点不同。
那些所谓的百万富翁可能住在带有游泳池的、舒适的别墅里。占全国总人口40%的中产阶层就住在郊区独立的房子或别墅里。那么其余的人呢？他们是占美国人口约15%的低层人，都生活在官方的“贫困线”之下。你能想象他们住在哪里吗？
在美国，大批的房屋被建在了远离大城市市中心的郊区。虽然越来越多的人在大城市里或大城市周围工作，但大多数人不喜欢住在城里。钱越多的人，住得离城中心就越远。而那些处于“不利地位”的人除了住在市中心外，就别无他处可去。可怜的黑人们通常集中住在如纽约的南布隆克斯那样的黑人居住区。
大多数的美籍华人住在太平洋和大西洋沿岸的城市。无论富有还是贫穷，他们很多人都愿意住在一起，住在我们熟知的中国城。
但美国人总想着搬家，是很不安分的。对他们而言，没有什么是一成不变的。美国人希望并盼望着把一切都变得更好。
Further
Reading
A．Modern
Outlook
This
house
is
positioned
to
catch
maximum
sunlight
and
the
very
best
water
and
city
views.
The
first
level
features
a
large
living/dining/kitchen
area.The
kitchen
has
a
modern
oven
and
a
dishwasher.A
balcony
is
located
off
the
kitchen
and
provides
the
perfect
setting
for
the
family
to
relax
or
to
entertain
guests.
The
bedrooms
(all
with
built?ins)
are
located
upstairs
together
with
the
delightful
bathroom.The
main
bedroom
is
positioned
at
the
front
of
the
house
and
commands
beautiful
views
north
and
east.The
other
three
bedrooms
are
located
at
the
back
of
the
home.The
bathroom
features
a
huge
shower
area，a
large
mirror
and
a
good
combination
of
stainless
steel
and
tiling.
This
house
has
lots
of
storage
space，off?street
parking
for
two
vehicles
and
a
fully
fenced
backyard.
B．Enjoying
the
Peaceful
Life
Newly
finished，this
cozy
house
with
a
cottage
will
appeal
to
those
wishing
to
enjoy
a
peaceful
life.
While
there
are
some
big
trees，most
of
the
land
has
been
cleared
and
there
is
a
stream
that
runs
across
one
boundary.
Inside
the
main
house
there
is
a
roomy
sitting?dining
room
with
very
high
ceilings
and
a
freestanding
wood
heater
for
extra
warmth
on
cold
days.
The
kitchen
includes
a
walk?in
pantry，a
gas
stove
and
roomy
working
space.
The
main
bedroom
has
French
doors
to
the
beautiful
balcony
and
the
second
bedroom
provides
some
large
storage
space.
C．Significant
Town
House
This
beautiful
two?story
house
has
been
newly
redecorated.It
is
located
in
an
area
within
walking
distance
from
the
city
centre.
Some
of
the
house’s
features
include
a
security
system
and
a
watering
system，a
great
amount
of
space，city
and
river
views
that
have
to
be
seen
to
be
believed.
A
delightful
living
room
is
located
at
the
front
of
the
house
on
the
lower
level
and
the
large
family
and
dining
rooms
can
be
found
in
the
heart
of
the
house
on
this
level.The
house’s
modern
kitchen
and
a
breakfast
room
at
the
back
of
this
level
catch
a
great
amount
of
sunlight
and
provide
the
perfect
setting
to
prepare
and
enjoy
meals
together.
Three
good?sized
bedrooms
are
located
upstairs
and
the
main
one
has
a
balcony.
A
fully
fenced
backyard，a
beautiful
garden，a
room
for
storage
and
a
small
workshop
are
other
features
of
this
house.
This
house
offers
and
inner?city
life
style
and
a
good
combination
of
the
charm
of
the
recent
past
and
modern
conveniences.
,现代风格
该房所处位置使之具有极佳的采光性，能欣赏到窗外极美丽的水域和城市风景。
底层有宽敞的起居、就餐和厨房空间。厨房里配备有现代化的烤箱和洗碗机。厨房外有一个阳台，为家人的休闲放松和款待客人提供了极佳的环境。
卧室(都带壁柜)位于楼上，并配有一舒适的浴室。主卧在前，俯瞰着北部和东部美丽的风景。其余3间卧室位于主卧的后面。浴室以宽敞的淋浴空间、大镜子、不锈钢和瓷砖的混合装修为特色。
此房有大量的储藏空间、不靠街的够两辆车停泊的停车场所和一个四周都围有栅栏的后院。
享受宁静的生活
这一刚落成的、舒适的别墅会吸引那些希望享受宁静生活的人们。
虽然周围有很多大树，但大多数地方已开垦出来，一条小溪从地界边流过。
主房内，有一宽大的、高顶的客厅与餐厅合二为一的大厅，里面还有一个木制的、独立式的取暖器供冷天取暖。
厨房包括宽得能让人走进的食品室、燃气灶和宽大的工作空间。
主卧的法式门通向一漂亮的阳台，次卧里有相当大的储藏空间。
黄金地段的市内房
这一漂亮的两层楼房刚重新装修过。它位于步行即可走到市中心的地区。
该房的特点是安装有安全系统和供水系统，有大量的空间，并能看见令人难以置信的城市和河流的风景。
舒适的起居室在一楼的前半部，中间部分是宽大的餐室，现代化的厨房和早餐室位于后面，阳光充足，为做饭和就餐提供了极佳的环境。
楼上的3间卧室大小适宜，主卧带有一阳台。
由篱笆围起的后院，漂亮的花园、储藏空间和一小型的工作间是该房的其他特色。
这所房屋提供了一种城市生活方式，并且它体现了一种近代美与现代便利的融合。Ⅰ.品句填词
1．Many
of
his
ideas
have
____________
(获得)popular
support.
2．The
country
went
against
the
____________(国际的)
agreement.
3．Dealing
with
people
is
the
most
important
____________(方面)
of
my
work.
4．She
hadn’t
read
the
letter
and
so
she
didn’t
understand
its
____________(内容)．
5．It
is
good
because
it
is
written
in
friendly，____________(普通的)
language.
6．People
____________(倾向于)
to
need
less
sleep
as
they
get
older.
7．There
is
growing
____________(担心)
that
they
may
have
been
killed.
8．What
does
x
____________(代表)
in
this
equation(方程)?
9．He
expressed
his
____________(悲伤)
at
my
father’s
death.
10．She
showed
a
____________(才能)
for
acting
at
an
early
age.
答案：1.gained 2.international 3.aspect 4.contents
5．ordinary 6.tend 7.concern 8.represent 9.sorrow 10.talent
Ⅱ.选词填空
1．Guilin
____________
a
place
of
interest.
2．They
had
come
____________
a
strange
religious
power.
3．He
wants
to
have
a
glass
of
orange
juice
____________
tea.
4．Direct
taxation(税收)
____________
income.
5．It’s
no
use
citing(引用)
the
Bible
to
somebody
who
doesn’t
____________
God.
答案：1.is
known
as 2.under
the
influence
of 3.rather
than 4.is
based
on 5.believe
in
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．Many
great
men
have
risen
from
poverty—Lincoln
and
Edison，________.
A．instead
B．such
as
C．and
so
on
D．for
example
解析：选D。instead是副词，意为“代替，而是”；such
as用来列举事物，不能用逗号隔开；and
so
on意思是“等等”，用在所列举的一系列事物之后；for
example“例如，比如”，可放在句首、句中或句末，须用逗号隔开，用于对所说事情作解释时举例用。
2.
________
that
she
has
no
qualifications
in
these
areas，Gao
Tian
plans
to
gain
the
necessary
skills
by
taking
a
part?time
course.
A．Concerning
B．Concern
C．Concerned
D．To
concern
解析：选C。考查非谓语动词。be
concerned
that的意思是“担心”，此处在句中作状语，需用过去分词。A项是介词，意为“关于”。
3．Young
people
who
have
got
jobs
may
realize
university
lessons
can’t
be
the
only
preparation
for
all
of
the
situations
________
appear
in
the
working
world.
A．where
B．when
C．that
D．what
解析：选C。句意：找到工作的年轻人也许会意识到大学的功课不足以应对工作中的所有情况。本题考查定语从句用法。先行词是the
situations代入定语从句后为：The
situations
appears
in
the
working
world.由此可见先行词在定语从句中作主语，故用that/which，且不可省略。
4．A
sudden
change
in
temperature
________
to
bring
rain
or
snow.
A．gets
B．turns
C．hopes
D．tends
解析：选D。句意：温度的变化易于带来雨或雪。
5．—You
seemed
to
be
impressed
by
his
skill.
—Not
exactly
so.It
was
his
courage
________
his
skill
that
really
impressed
me.
A．rather
than
B．as
well
as
C．but
also
D．together
with
解析：选A。答语后半句句意：是他的勇气而不是他的技巧真正打动了我。rather
than而不是。
6．There
used
to
be
a
town
in
the
heart
of
America
where
all
life
seemed
to
live
________
its
surroundings.
A．in
connection
with
B．in
harmony
with
C．in
favour
of
D．in
relation
to
解析：选B。live
in
harmony
with...意为“与……和睦相处”。
7．Although
he
has
taken
a
lot
of
medicine，his
health
________
poor.
A．proves
B．remains
C．maintains
D．continues
解析：选B。remain为系动词，意为“仍然是”。
8．The
picture
of
the
park
________
our
class
trip
last
year.
A．called
up
B．reminded
C．turned
up
D．came
up
解析：选A。句意：公园的这张照片使我们想起去年的班级旅行。remind
sb.of
sth.“使人想起某物”；call
up“使人想起……”。
9．The
thirteen
stars
on
the
flag
________
the
thirteen
colonies
that
have
announced
in
dependence.
A．are
B．sign
C．represent
D．compare
解析：选C。句意：在国旗上的十三颗星代表宣布独立的十三块殖民地。
10．Professor
Backman
took
up
scientific
research
for
decades，and
this
is
________
he
devoted
all
his
life
to.
A．which
B．what
C．where
D．how
解析：选B。what引导表语从句，并在从句中作to的宾语。
Ⅳ.完形填空
A
farmer
was
putting
a
sign
above
his
door
that
read
“Little
Dogs
For
Sale”．Signs
like
that
have
a
way
of
__1__
small
children，and
__2__
enough，a
little
boy
appeared
under
the
sign.“
__3__
are
you
going
to
sell
the
dogs
for？”
he
asked.
The
farmer
replied，“From
$
30
__4__
$
50.”
The
little
boy
__5__
in
his
pocket
and
pulled
out
some
__6__.“I
have
$
2.37，”
he
said.“
__7__
I
please
look
at
them？”
The
farmer
__8__
and
whistled
and
out
of
the
kennel(狗窝)
came
five
little
dogs，__9__
one
was
__10__.Immediately
the
little
boy
pointed
at
the
dog
and
asked，“What’s
__11__
with
that
little
dog？”
The
farmer
explained
that
__12__
some
illness，it
would
always
walk
slowly
and
with
difficulty.The
little
boy
became
__13__
“That’s
the
little
dog
that
I
want
to
buy.”
The
farmer
said，“No，you
don’t
want
to
buy
that
little
dog.If
you
really
want
him，I’ll
just
give
him
to
you”．
The
little
boy
got
quite
sad.He
looked
__14__
into
the
farmer’s
eyes，pointing
his
finger
and
said，“I
don’t
want
you
to
give
him
to
me.That
little
dog
is
worth
every
bit
as
much
as
all
the
other
dogs
and
I’ll
pay
__15__
price.In
fact
I’ll
give
you
$
2.37
now，and
50
cents
a
month
__16__
I
have
him
paid
for.”
The
farmer
answered，“You
really
don’t
want
to
buy
this
little
dog.He
is
__17__
going
to
be
able
to
jump
and
play
with
you
like
the
other
dogs.”
To
his
surprise，the
little
boy
reached
__18__
and
rolled
up
his
pant
leg
to
show
a
badly
crippled(残疾的)．Left
leg
__19__by
a
big
metal
brace(支架)．He
looked
up
at
the
store
owner
and
softly
peplied.“Well，I
don’t
run
so
well
myself，and
the
little
dog
will
need
someone
who
__20__！”
1．A.bringing
B．attracting
C．welcoming
D．greeting
解析：选B。农夫这样做的目的就是吸引孩子前来购买。
2．A.hurriedly
B．sure
C．surprisingly
D．quickly
解析：选B。sure
enough意为“果然如此”，表示事情的发展与预料的相符。
3．A.How
often
B．How
many
C．How
far
D．How
much
解析：选D。从下文的回答可知，此处小男孩是在询问小狗的价格。
4．A.by
B．at
C．to
D．between
解析：选C。from...to
是固定搭配，此处指的是小狗的价格从30美元到50美元不等。
5．A.took
B．arrived
C．reached
D．filled
解析：选C。该句句意为“小男孩把手伸进口袋里，拿出一些零钱”。reach
in“把手伸进”。
6．A.coins
B．notes
C．value
D．change
解析：选D。coin硬币；note“纸币，钞票”；value“价值”；change“零钱”，D项符合题意。
7．A.Can
B．Shall
C．Will
D．Must
解析：选A。该句句意为“我能看看它们吗？”，can在此处意为“能够”。
8．A.refused
B．smiled
C．disagreed
D．stopped
解析：选B。从下文内容可知，农夫同意了小男孩的请求，他微笑着并吹响了口哨。
9．A.but
B．so
C．and
D．although
解析：选A。出来了5只小狗，但有一只落在了最后。
10．A.falling
behind
B．running
fast
C．friendly
D．kind
解析：选A。从下文内容可知，这只小狗有残疾，所以落在了最后。
11．A.the
price
B．the
matter
C．the
weight
D．the
name
解析：选B。小男孩问“这只小狗怎么了？”。what’s
wrong/the
matter
with
sth./sb.是一个固定句型，用来询问毛病或问题所在。
12．A.because
B．because
of
C．as
D．so
解析：选B。农夫解释说因为某种疾病，这只小狗走路总是很费力。because和as表示原因时后面要接句子。
13．A.excited
B．surprised
C．worried
D．disappointed
解析：选A。从下面小男孩所说的话可知，小男孩很兴奋。
14．A.straight
B．deeply
C．closely
D．totally
解析：选A。小男孩直视着农夫的眼睛。look
straight
into
sb.’s
eyes“直视某人的眼睛”。
15．A.half
B．lower
C．higher
D．full
解析：选D。从下文内容可知，小男孩认为这只残疾的小狗与其他健康的小狗一样有价值，小男孩不会白要，他会以全价买下来。
16．A.unless
B．after
C．until
D．once
解析：选C。小男孩手头没有足够的钱，他要慢慢地付清；until引导时间状语从句，意为“直到”。
17．A.always
B．often
C．no
D．never
解析：选D。该句句意为“他永远不能蹦跳，不能像其他小狗一样陪你玩耍”。
18．A.up
B．down
C．out
D．over
解析：选B。从下文内容可知，小男孩把手伸向左腿。
19．A.supported
B．helped
C．lifted
D．raised
解析：选A。因为小男孩的左腿有残疾，所以靠一个金属架“支撑”着。
20．A.encourages
B．plays
C．understands
D．smiles
解析：选C。该句句意为“我自己也不能跑得很好，这只小狗需要一个理解它的人”。
Ⅴ.阅读理解
Like
many
people
you
may
be
dreaming
of
a
career
as
a
rock
and
roll
star.There
are
two
ways
to
go
about
getting
one.First
there
is
the
traditional
way.Find
some
friends
and
form
a
group.Learn
to
play
the
guitar
or
the
drums.Write
your
own
songs.Spend
hours
arguing
about
the
band
name
Then
go
on
the
road.
The
next
step
is
to
spend
a
year
or
two
touring.If
you
are
good，the
crowds
will
get
bigger.In
the
end
an
artist
from
a
record
company
may
come
to
a
show.If
he
or
she
likes
you，there
may
be
a
deal.This
is
the
route
traditionally
followed
by
bands
in
the
music
industry.Success
means
fame
and
wealth.And
failure
gives
you
some
interesting
stories
to
tell
your
children.
Over
the
last
few
years
a
different
path
to
success
has
become
known.Boy
bands
like
Boyzone
and
girl
bands
like
the
Spice
Girls
don’t
come
together
on
their
own.They
are
created
by
managers
and
record
companies.Their
image
is
strictly
controlled.Professional
song
writers
usually
write
their
music.This
is
a
convenient
arrangement
and
the
public
seems
to
love
the
result.
Though
boy
and
girl
bands
have
become
very
popular
recently，there
is
a
long
tradition
of
making
music
in
this
way.In
the
early
1960’s
an
American
businessman
called
Berry
Gordy
founded
Motown
Records.Motown
is
short
for
“motor
town”．The
record
company
was
based
in
the
city
of
Detroit，where
thousands
of
African?Americans
had
moved
to
work
in
the
car
industry.They
brought
with
them
a
cultural
tradition
of
writing
and
performing
music.This
style
later
became
known
as
“soulmusic”．Berry
Gordy
was
a
diamond
miner.He
took
raw
talent
from
the
street
and
polished
it
until
it
shone.Motown
stars
were
not
just
given
songs
to
sing.They
were
also
taught
how
to
dress
well
and
speak
properly.
1．In
the
first
paragraph
the
writer
seems
to
tell
us
________.
A．to
form
a
band
is
very
hard
B．the
name
of
the
band
is
very
important
C．newly?built
bands
can
only
perform
by
road
D．to
form
a
band
is
very
simple
解析：选D。推理判断题。依据第一、二段中“First...”“The
next
step...”所在的句子可看出作者认为组成一个乐队非常简单。
2．If
a
newborn
band
wants
to
succeed，as
the
writer
tells，it
must
have
the
chance________.
A．to
travel
in
big
cities
B．to
perform
before
an
artist
C．to
make
an
agreement
with
a
record
company
D．to
experience
failure
again
and
again
解析：选C。细节理解题。根据第二段中“In
the
end
an
artist
from
a
record
company
may
come
to
a
show.If
he
or
she
likes
you，there
may
be
a
deal.”可知C项正确。
3．From
the
fourth
paragraph，we
can
conclude
that
________.
A．Motown
was
only
enjoyed
by
the
workers
in
Detroit
B．Motown
showed
the
style
of
the
black
Americans
C．Detroit
used
to
be
famous
for
its
music
industry
D．Detroit
was
found
by
African?Americans
解析：选B。细节理解题。依据该段中“...where
thousands
of
African?Americans
had
moved
to
work
in
the
car
industry.”而确定选B项。
4．From
the
passage，we
can
learn
that
Motown
stars
________.
A．used
to
be
miners
B．used
to
dress
poorly
C．became
perfect
little
by
little
D．came
from
Berry
Gordy’s
hometown
解析：选C。推理判断题。抓住最后一段中“He
took
raw
talent
from
the
street
and
polished
it
until
it
shone.”可知C项是最佳选项。Ⅰ.品句填词
1．Hot
is
the
____________
(相反)of
cold.
2．Don’t
worry.It’s
a
____________
(微小的)mistake.
3．You
can
write
an
____________
(非正式的)letter
to
your
friend
to
tell
him
everything
in
the
new
school.
4．We
hope
the
bad
weather
won’t
____________
(使泄气)people
from
coming
along.
5．I
like
him
very
much
because
he
is
my
____________
(亲密的)
friend.
6．A
friend
in
need
is
a
friend
____________
(真正地)．
7．Skim
the
passage
and
get
the
____________
(主要的)idea
of
it.
8．Please
____________
(接受)my
apology.I’m
wrong.
9．I
think
____________
(质量)is
more
important
than
quantity
for
the
job.
10．I
like
my
hometown
because
the
scenery
here
is
____________
(迷人的)．
答案：1.contrary 2.slight 3.informal 4.discourage
5．close 6.indeed 7.main 8.accept 9.quality 10.attractive
Ⅱ.选词填空
1．It
doesn’t
seem
ugly
to
me;
______________，I
think
it’s
rather
beautiful.
2．She
comes
to
visit
us
__________________.
3．If
you
go
on
with
work，you’ll
succeed
______________.
4．You
will
________________
if
you
do
things
in
a
hurry.
5．I
think
we
should
work
out
a
way
to
____________
this
situation.
答案：1.on
the
contrary 2.every
now
and
then 3.in
the
end 4.make
mistakes 5.deal
with
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．You
are
driving
too
fast.Can
you
drive
________
?
A．more
slowly
a
bit
B．slowly
a
bit
more
C．a
bit
more
slowly
D．slowly
more
a
bit
解析：选C。句意：你开车开得太快了，你能开得慢一点吗？“more＋
slowly”构成比较级，a
bit常用来修饰形容词或副词的比较级。
2．The
old
books
take
up
too
much
room.You
should
consider
how
to
________
them.
A．do
with
B．deal
with
C．agree
with
D．get
along
with
解析：选B。do
with与deal
with都可用来表示“处理”，但do
with常与what连用；deal
with常与how连用。
3．The
TV
program
is
very
________
as
it
deals
with
the
most
popular
subject
at
present—soccer
in
South
Africa.
A．disappointing
B．attractive
C．energetic
D．accurate
解析：选B。根据从句的句意“因为它涉及的是当前最热门的话题——
南非的足球”，可判断这个电视节目是“吸引人的”，故选B项。disappointing令人失望的；energetic精力充沛的；accurate准确的，均与句意不符。
4．Some
children，who
were
________
by
the
________
speech
started
to
sleep.
A．bored；boring
B．boring；bored
C．bored；bored
D．boring；boring
解析：选A。第一个空用bored描绘人的感受，意为“感到厌倦的”，第二空修饰speech，表示“令人厌倦的”，用boring。故选A。
5．It
wasn’t
a
good
thing;
________，it
was
a
huge
mistake.
A．on
the
contrary
B．to
be
honest
C．believe
it
or
not
D．on
the
other
hand
解析：选A。句意：那不是件好事，恰恰相反，是个巨大的错误。on
the
contrary“正相反”，符合句意。
6．We’ve
invited
her
here
to
give
a
talk，and
she’s
________.
A．received
B．got
C．accepted
D．believed
解析：选C。句意：我们已邀请她到这里作演讲，她接受了。accept表示“(主观上)同意接受”。
7．Foreign
visitors
were
greatly
________
by
the
brilliant
Beijing
Opera
performance.
A．supported
B．expressed
C．embarrassed
D．impressed
解析：选D。句意：外国游人对于精彩的京剧表演印象深刻。此句要用impressed表示“印象深刻的”。support“支持”；express“表达”；embarrass“使尴尬”。
8．There
are
several
possible
________
of
payment.
A．information
B．methods
C．matters
D．aids
解析：选B。句意：有好几种可以使用的付款方法。method“方法”。
9．You
need
special
personal
________
to
work
as
a
nurse.
A．quantities
B．number
C．courage
D．qualities
解析：选D。quantity“数量”；number“数目”；courage“勇气”；quality“品质，质量”，由句意选D项。
10．He
followed
the
young
lady
all
the
way
home，________
by
her
charming
smile.
A．attractive
B．attraction
C．attracted
D．attract
解析：选C。此题考查非谓语动词作状语。句意：由于被她迷人的微笑所吸引，他一路跟随着那个年轻的女士回家。主语“he”与“attract”构成被动关系。
Ⅳ.完形填空
In
traditional
education，teachers
may
feel
that
students
are
not
very
grown?up.__1__，teachers
are
older
than
students，__2__
teachers
feel
that
students
are
__3__
and
do
not
know
much
about
the
__4___.The
teachers
feel
that
they
__5__
tell
the
students
what
to
do
most
of
the
time，and
that
they
must
also
__6__
the
students
study
specific(具体的)
things.In
__7__
education，the
teachers’
__8__
are
very
different.These
teachers
feel
that
the
students
are
__9__
first，and
students
second.They
__10__
the
students
to
be
__11__
for
the
things
that
they
do，just
as
adults
__12__.
A
student’s
ideas
and
feelings
are
just
as
important
as
the
__13__.The
teachers
__14__
the
students
to
decide
__15__
they
want
to
do，and
do
not
make
them
study
what
they
do
not
want
__16__.The
teachers
let
them
__17__
what
to
study
and
how
__18__
to
study.It’s
very
important
for
the
__19__
to
show
how
he
or
she
feels
__20__
the
students.
1．A.Usually
B．Indeed
C．Besides
D．Actually
解析：选A。“teachers
are
older
than
students”是一个常规，因此选usually一词。
2．A.and
B．however
C．still
D．yet
解析：选A。前后句为顺接关系，故选and。
3．A.old
B．young
C．stupid
D．clever
解析：选B。students
are
young是do
not
know
much
about
the
world的原因。
4．A.universe
B．culture
C．world
D．knowledge
解析：选C。the
world“世界”，在此指“世事”。
5．A.can
B．must
C．may
D．will
解析：选B。老师认为告诉学生做什么是他们的责任，因此选must
一词，下文“and
they
must
also”也可提示此答案。
6．A.force
B．ask
C．order
D．make
解析：选D。四个选项中只有make后跟不带to的不定式。
7．A.open
B．traditional
C．strict
D．high
解析：选A。接下来讲open
education。
8．A.feelings
B．interests
C．methods
D．experiences
解析：选C。老师的教育方法截然不同，method“方式，手段”。
9．A.children
B．teachers
C．adults
D．human
beings
解析：选D。老师认为学生首先是人，其次是学生。
10．A.refuse
B．agree
C．hope
D．wish
解析：选D。他们(teachers)希望学生们能……。在此C项有较大的干扰性，hope后不可以跟不定式作宾补。
11．A.anxious
B．ready
C．responsible
D．sorry
解析：选C。学生要为他们所做的事情负责，be
responsible
for“为……负责”。
12．A.are
B．do
C．will
D．would
解析：选A。就像成年人为他们所做的事情负责一样。此处，are＝are
responsible
for
the
things
that
they
do。
13．A.adult
B．teacher
C．adult’s
D．teacher’s
解析：选D。C项有较大的干扰性。从后文我们得知，作者认为老师和学生的地位是同等的，因此作者说“学生的观点和感情跟老师的一样重要”。
14．A.allow
B
suggest
C．refuse
D．forbid
解析：选A。老师应该允许学生决定他们想做的事情。
15．A.what
B．that
C．how
D．which
解析：选A。what引导宾语从句，在从句中作do的宾语。
16．A.for
B．to
C．about
D．of
解析：选B。不定式符号to后省略了study。
17．A.write
B．say
C．decide
D．hope
解析：选C。从前文我们得知，在open
education中，老师让学生自己决定学什么，怎样学，而不是强迫他们。
18．A.much
B．well
C．hard
D．simple
解析：选A。老师让学生决定学什么，学多少。
19．A.headmaster
B．teacher
C．parent
D．student
解析：选B。全文讲述了老师与学生之间的关系，因此选B项。
20．A.like
B．about
C．as
D．for
解析：选B。老师表达他/她对学生的看法十分重要，feel
(good/bad)
about
sb./sth.“对……看法(好/不好)”。
Ⅴ.阅读理解
To
explain
why
he
liked
his
art
teacher
best,16?year?old
Dainzin
Tanam
could
not
write
more
words
than
a
simple
sentence
“Because
he
teaches
me
painting.”
In
the
eyes
of
his
teachers
at
the
Lhasa
Special
Education
School，the
deaf
boy
was
a
little
painter.Five
years
ago，however，all
Tanam
could
do
was
to
stay
in
bed
until
noon，and
then
stare
at
the
sky
through
the
window，waiting
for
his
parents’
return.
His
mother
Yangzom
said
she
had
no
other
choice
but
to
lock
him
in
the
house
every
day
as
she
and
her
husband
had
to
work
and
they
did
not
want
to
allow
the
boy
to
roam(闲逛)
the
streets.
“Every
day
when
I
came
back
home
and
saw
my
lonely
poor
son，I
felt
my
heart
hurt.But
now
I
can
finally
feel
a
bit
relieved，”
the
mother
said.She
said
it
was
the
school
that
changed
his
son.“Without
the
school，I
dared
not
imagine
how
my
son
would
be
now.”
With
a
governmental
fund
of
4.5
million
yuan，the
special
education
school
was
founded
in
2000.Being
the
only
government?run
school
for
handicapped
children
in
Tibet，it
now
has
28
teachers
and
120
school
children
in
nine
classes
of
5
grades.Eight
classes
in
the
school
are
for
deaf
kids
and
the
other
one
is
for
blind
kids.
Students
can
enjoy
free
food，boarding，clothing
and
medical
services
in
the
school，which
is
open
to
deaf
and
blind
children
from
all
over
the
autonomous
region.
Tibetan
sign
language
and
Tibetan
braille
are
basic
courses
here.Children
also
have
Tibetan，Chinese，mathematics，science，painting，dancing
and
sports
lessons.
A
“black
and
white”
textbook
seemed
appealing
among
the
colorful
books
in
Tanam’s
school
bag.The
text
was
handwritten.It
was
the
Tibetan
language
textbook
compiled
and
written
by
teachers
themselves.
“As
textbooks
for
students
in
ordinary
schools
sometimes
are
too
abstract
and
hard
for
our
kids
to
understand，two
other
Tibetan
language
teachers
and
I
compiled
the
textbook
to
make
things
easier
for
them，”
said
teacher
Dawa.
The
book
with
the
love
of
all
the
teachers，though
not
spoken
out，will
surely
help
children
enjoy
their
life
by
supporting
themselves
after
leaving
the
school.
1．How
old
was
Dainzin
Tanam
when
he
began
to
go
to
the
Lhasa
Special
Education
School?
A．16
years
old.
B．11
years
old.
C．21
years
old.
D．5
years
old.
解析：选B。数字计算题。根据第一段第一句和第二段中的“Five
years
ago”可知16减去5得11。
2．What
is
the
parents’
feeling
about
the
special
education
school?
A．Relieved.
B．Excited.
C．Grateful.
D．Lighthearted.
解析：选C。推理判断题。relieved“宽慰的”；excited“激动的”；grateful“感激的”；lighthearted“轻松愉快的”。根据第四段最后一句“Without
the
school，I
dared
not
imagine
how
my
son
would
be
now.”可以确定父母流露出的是感激之情。
3．Who
wrote
the
“black
and
white”
textbook
for
the
children?
A．Dawa.
B．The
teachers
in
the
special
education
school.
C．Dawa
and
another
two
teachers.
D．Nobody
but
sent
by
the
government.
解析：选C。细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中“two
other
Tibetan
language
teachers
and
I”可知这本书是由Dawa和另外两位老师编写的。Ⅰ.品句填词
1．We’ll
take
a
vacation
____________(某个时间)
in
September.
答案：sometime
2．Flowers
soon
____________(凋谢)
when
they
have
been
cut.
答案：faded
3．The
problem
has
been
____________
(困扰)me
for
weeks.
答案：bothering
4．After
25
years
the
town
centre
had
changed
________
(超出……之外)
recognition.
答案：beyond
5．Her
doctor
has
________(确信)
us
that
she’ll
be
fine.
答案：assured
Ⅱ.选词填空
try
on;
fall
in
love
with;
pick...out...
;
a
bit
of;
beyond
repair;
climb
up
onto
1．He
________________
the
big
tree,
but
couldn’t
get
down.
答案：climbed
up
onto
2．The
old
bike
is
________________.
答案：beyond
repair
3．I
________________
her
at
first
sight.
答案：fell
in
love
with
4．I
went
to
the
tailor’s
to
________________
my
new
suit.
答案：try
on
5．We
may
have
________________trouble
at
present.
答案：a
bit
of
6．He
________________
the
ripest
peach
for
me.
答案：picked
out
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．Excuse
me,
Mr.
Smith,
but
I
have
to________you
with
some
questions.
A．ask
B．bother
C．advise
D．admire
解析：选B。句意：对不起，史密斯先生，但我有一些问题要打扰你。ask表示“询问”时要跟双宾语；bother打扰，烦扰；advise建议；admire钦佩，赞美。根据句意，可知答案选B。
2．Don’t
stop________you
meet
with
a
word
you
don’t
understand.
A．at
the
time
B．each
time
C．by
the
time
D．sometimes
解析：选B。句意：每次遇到你不懂的单词，不要停下来。根据句意，可知选B。
3．The
young
man
rushed
to
the
hospital________he
heard
the
terrible
news.
A．at
the
moment
B．for
the
moment
C．the
moment
D．the
instantly
解析：选C。考查时间状语从句。英语中有一些表示时间的名词短语也可用来引导时间状语从句，如the
moment，the
minute，the
instant，each
time等。句意：这个年轻人一听到这一可怕消息就急忙向医院奔去。
4．You’re
driving
too
fast.
Can
you
drive________？
A．more
slowly
a
bit
B．slowly
a
bit
more
C．a
bit
more
slowly
D．slowly
more
a
bit
解析：选C。考查比较级的用法。a
bit意为“稍微”，可用于修饰比较级，但必须放于形容词或副词的比较级之前。句意：……，你能开得稍慢一些吗？
5．This
picture
was
taken
a
long
time
ago.
I
wonder
if
you
can________my
father.
A．find
out
B．pick
out
C．look
for
D．speak
out
解析：选B。pick
out“辨别出，辨认出”。句意：这张照片是很久以前照的。我不知道你是否能认出我父亲来。
6．I
like
music，________the
help
of
which
I
can
get
joy.
A．by
B．for
C．at
D．with
解析：选D。考查介词。四个答案中只有with与the
help
of搭配，意思是：在……的帮助下。本句意为“我喜欢音乐，在它的帮助下，我可以得到快乐。”
7．Not
only________interested
in
football
but________beginning
to
show
an
interest
in
it.
A．the
teacher
himself
is；all
his
students
are
B．the
teacher
himself
is；are
all
his
students
C．is
the
teacher
himself；are
all
his
students
D．is
the
teacher
himself；all
his
students
are
解析：选D。not
only...but(also)．..连接两个并列分句，当not
only放于句首时，not
only后的分句要进行部分倒装，but(also)后的分句不进行倒装，因此D项正确。
8．Mrs.
William’s
dining
room
curtains________from
dark
blue
to
gray
within
a
year.
A．faded
B．failed
C．sailed
D．fell
解析：选A。考查动词辨析。fade褪色；fail失败；sail航行；fall落下。根据句意可知应用faded。
9．Whenever
you
are________，
you
can
ask
me
for
help.
A．in
ruins
B．in
reward
C．in
trouble
D．in
turn
解析：选C。句意：无论你何时有困难，你可以向我寻求帮助。be
in
trouble“处于困难/困境中”；in
ruins“成为废墟”；in
reward“作为回报”；in
turn“轮流，反过来”。
10.
She
tried
the
shoes________but
they
were
too
small.
A．out
B．for
C．on
D．out
for
解析：选C。try
on“试穿”；try
out“试验”；try
for“争取”；try
out
for“参加……的选拔”。
Ⅳ.阅读理解
I
was
walking
along
Orchard
Road
when
I
realized
a
tall
young
man
wearing
a
jacket
and
tie
was
following
me.
I
noticed
him
because
not
many
people
wear
a
jacket
and
tie
in
the
middle
of
a
hot
summer
day,
and
I
had
already
seen
this
man
four
times
that
afternoon.
To
make
sure
he
was
following
me,
I
walked
on
quickly,
turned
right
into
a
shopping
center
and
then
stopped
to
look
in
a
shop
window.
Soon
the
man
appeared
and
stopped
at
another
shop
window.
I
walked
on
and
stopped
several
times.
When
I
stopped,
he
stopped
too.
I
began
to
be
rather
worried
and
decided
to
try
to
lose
this
strange
man.
When
I
saw
a
taxi
coming,
I
jumped
into
it.
As
I
was
telling
the
taxi
driver
where
to
go,
I
found
the
man
get
into
another
taxi,
which
then
followed
mine.
As
the
two
taxis
slowly
made
their
way
along
Orchard
Road,
I
looked
back
at
the
taxi
behind,
and
saw
that
the
stranger
was
looking
out
at
me.
At
MRT
station,
I
told
the
taxi
driver
to
stop
and
I
got
out.
As
I
was
paying
my
fare,
I
saw
the
man
was
getting
out
of
his
taxi.
By
now
I
got
angry,
so
I
turned
and
walked
straight
to
him.
I
asked
him
why
he
was
following
me.
At
first
he
said
he
was
not
following
me
at
all,
but
when
I
threatened(威胁)
to
call
the
police,
he
admitted
he
was.
He
then
told
me
that
he
was
a
journalist
and
that
he
was
writing
an
article
on
how
elderly
people
in
Singapore
spend
their
time.
He
said
he
was
observing
me
to
gather
materials
for
his
article.
1.
What
is
strange
about
the
man
who
followed
the
writer?
A．He
walked
quickly
behind.
B．He
was
out
on
such
a
hot
day.
C．He
seemed
to
be
wearing
too
much.
D．He
was
a
tall
young
man.
解析：选C。推理判断题。参照第一段I
noticed
him
because
not
many
people
wear
a
jacket
and
tie
in
the
middle
of
a
hot
summer
day可判断出答案。
2．Why
did
the
writer
get
into
a
taxi?
A．To
lose
the
young
man.
B．To
test
the
young
man
C．To
call
the
police.
D．To
get
home
earlier.
解析：选A。细节理解题。参照第三段I
began
to
be
rather
worried
and
decided
to
try
to
lose
this
strange
man.可判断出答案。
3．How
did
the
writer
have
the
stranger
admit
he
was
following
him?
A．He
wanted
to
take
him
to
the
police.
B．He
made
a
phone
call
to
the
police.
C．He
reported
it
to
the
police.
D．He
said
he
would
telephone
the
police.
解析：选D。细节理解题。参照最后一段but
when
I
threatened(威胁)to
call
the
police,
he
admitted
he
was.可判断D正确。
4．Why
did
the
stranger
follow
the
writer?
A．He
was
interested
in
elderly
people.
B．He
often
does
such
things.
C．He
needed
materials
for
his
article.
D．He
was
writing
a
book
about
old
people.
解析：选C。细节理解题。参照最后一段He
then
told
me
that
he
was
a
journalist
and
that
he
was
writing
an
article
on
how
elderly
people
in
Singapore
spend
their
time.
He
said
he
was
observing
me
to
gather
materials
for
his
article.可知选C。
Ⅴ.短文改错
At
a
Friday
night,
a
poor
young
artist
stood
at
the
gate
of
the1.________________
subway
station
and
played
his
violin
with
large
piece
of
paper
on2.________________
the
ground.Before
long,
he
was
surrounding
with
people,
who3.________________
were
all
attracted
by
the
word
on
that
paper.
It
said,
“Last
night，4.________________
a
gentleman
put
an
important
thing
into
my
hat
by
mistaken.
Please5.________________
come
to
claim
it
soon.”
Seeing
this,
people
wondered
why
it
could6.________________
be.
After
about
half
an
hour,
a
man
came
and
brought
back
his
lottery(彩票)
7.________________
which
won
a
reward
of
$500,000.
Later
someone
asked
the
violinist：8.________________
“Why
don’t
you
take
the
lottery
ticket
for
yourself？”He
said，9.________________
“While
I
don’t
have
much
money,
I
live
happily.
However,
I
lose10.________________
honesty,
I
won’t
be
happy
forever.”
答案：1.第一个At改为On
2.with后加a
3.surrounding改为surrounded 4.word改为words
5.mistaken改为mistake
6.why改为what
7.brought改为took
8.reward改为prize
9.don’t改为didn’t
10.第三个I前加ifⅠ.品句填词
1．He
____________
(轻拍)me
on
the
shoulder.
2．Rain
patted
____________
(轻轻地)on
the
roof
above.
3．You
don’t
have
to
____________
(耳语)，no
one
can
hear
us.
4．They’ve
____________
(破坏)all
the
evidence(证据)．
5．It’s
good
to
______________
(呼吸)in
fresh
country
air
instead
of
city
smoke.
6．You
should
wash
your
hands
before
eating
to
____________
(防御)against
disease.
7．You
must
be
____________
(疯了)to
drive
so
fast!
8．It’s
a
great
____________
(轻松)to
find
you
here.
9．They
____________
(欺骗)the
old
woman
of
her
house
and
money.
10．He
has
great
____________
(相信)in
his
doctor.
答案：1.tapped 2.gently 3.whisper 4.destroyed
5．breathe 6.guard 7.mad 8.relief 9.cheated
10．belief
Ⅱ.选词填空
go
against；search
for；for
a
moment；follow
a
rule；keep
one’s
eyes
on
1．It
was
quiet
____________，then
Rose
spoke.
2．You
have
to
____________
carefully
in
order
to
lose
weight
fast.
3．Mary
offered
to
____________
the
baby
while
I
went
out.
4．Taking
drug
____________
the
law.
5．A
RAF
plane
is
____________
the
missing
men.
答案：1.for
a
moment 2.follow
a
rule 3.keep
her
eyes
on 4.goes
against 5.searching
for
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．Look，a
lot
of
policemen
are
________
the
village
for
the
thief
who
stole
a
lot
of
money
from
this
bank.
A．looking
B．searching
for
C．hunting
D．searching
解析：选D。句意：看，许多警察正在搜查村庄，寻找那个从这家银行偷走很多钱的小偷。search指“搜查地方或人”；search
for指“寻找某人或某物”；look意为“看”，是不及物动词；hunt意为“打猎，猎取”。
2．You
should
keep
an
eye
________
the
slightest
changes
in
the
patient
while
the
doctor
is
away.
A．for
B．on
C．to
D．about
解析：选B。keep
an
eye
on“密切注视”，符合句意。
3．He
________
to
her
so
that
no
one
else
could
hear.
A．whispered
B．shouted
C．explained
D．replied
解析：选A。句意：他对她耳语，以免别人听见。whisper“耳语，低声地说”。
4．She
started
taking
money，in
the
mistaken
________
that
she
would
not
be
discovered.
A．relief
B．chance
C．belief
D．fan
解析：选C。句意：她误以为自己不会被察觉，开始偷起钱了。belief
“信心，信念”，符合句意。
5．She
________
her
teacher’s
advice.
A．went
against
B．went
by
C．went
back
D．went
down
解析：选A。句意：她违背了她老师的建议。go
against“违背”；go
by
“过去”；go
back“返回，回复”；go
down“下楼，变低”。
6．You’re
doing
it
again，you’re
trying
to
________.
A．check
B．cheat
C．cheap
D．chat
解析：选B。句意：你又来这一套了，又想骗人。cheat“行骗，作弊”。
7．I’ll
come
back
to
that
point
________.
A．at
the
moment
B．for
the
moment
C．in
a
moment
D．for
a
moment
解析：选C
。句意：我马上还会回过来谈那一点。at
the
moment“此刻，目前；for
the
moment“暂时”；in
a
moment“立刻，马上”；for
a
moment
“一会儿”。
8．Those
who
suffer
from
headache
will
find
they
get
________
from
this
medicine.
A．relief
B．safety
C．defense
D．shelter
解析：选A。句意：那些头痛患者会发现他们会通过这种药减轻疼痛。relief缓解，减轻；safety安全；defense保护；shelter庇护。
9．A
bomb
________
two
buildings
and
caused
many
deaths.
A．destroyed
B．damaged
C．harmed
D．injured
解析：选A。destroy指彻底的，不能或很难修复的，“破坏”程度较深；damage是程度较小的“破坏”；harm强调“有危害”；injure指“损伤，损害”，从后面的many
deaths可知，程度较深。故选A符合句意。
10．After
a
long
walk，the
little
boy
got
home
at
last，________.
A．tiredly
and
hungrily
B．tiring
and
hungry
C．tired
and
hungrily
D．tired
and
hungry
解析：选D。考查形容词作状语。句意：经过长途跋涉后，这个小男孩终于到家了，又累又饿。
Ⅳ.阅读理解
Americans
are
famous
for
being
friendly
to
people.Their
friendships，however，tend
to
be
shorter
and
more
casual(随意的)
than
friendships
among
people
from
other
cultures.It
is
not
uncommon
for
Americans
to
have
only
one
close
friend
during
their
lifetime，and
consider
other
“friends”
to
be
just
social
acquaintances
(泛泛之交)．This
attitude
probably
has
something
to
do
with
American
mobility
and
the
fact
that
Americans
dislike
to
be
dependent
on
other
people.They
tend
to
“compartmentalize”
(划分)friendships，having
“friends
at
work”，“friends
on
the
softball
team”，“family
friends”
and
so
forth.
Because
the
United
States
is
a
highly
active
society，full
of
movement
and
change，people
always
seem
to
be
on
the
go.In
this
highly_charged_
atmosphere，Americans
sometimes
seem
abrupt
(无礼的)
or
impatient.They
want
to
get
to
know
you
as
quickly
as
possible
and
then
move
on
to
something
else.Sometimes，they
ask
you
questions
that
you
may
feel
very
personal.No
insult
is
intended；the
questions
usually
grow
out
of
their
true
interest
or
curiosity，and
their
impatience
to
get
to
the
heart
of
the
matter.And
the
same
goes
for
you.If
you
don’t
understand
certain
American
behavior
or
you
want
to
know
more
about
them，do
not
hesitate
to
ask
them
questions
about
themselves.Americans
are
usually
eager
to
explain
all
about
their
country
or
anything
“American”
in
which
you
may
be
interested.They
explain
so
much
in
fact
that
you
may
become
tired
of
listening.It
doesn’t
matter
because
Americans
tend
to
be
uncomfortable
with
silence
during
a
conversation.They
would
rather
talk
about
the
weather
or
the
latest
sports
scores，for
instance，than
deal
with
silence.
On
the
other
hand，don’t
expect
Americans
to
be
knowledgeable
about
international
geography
or
world
affairs，unless
those
subjects
directly
involve
the
United
States.Because
the
United
States
is
geographically
distant
from
many
other
nations，some
Americans
tend
not
to
be
aware
of
what
goes
on
in
other
parts
of
the
world.
1．According
to
the
passage，Americans’
attitude
towards
friendship
is
________.
A．it
is
unusual
to
have
only
one
close
friend
B．more
informal
than
that
in
other
countries
C．to
regard
all
friends
as
only
social
acquaintances
D．to
divide
friends
into
several
grades
解析：选B。推理判断题。由文章第一段中的“Their
friendships，however，tend
to
be
shorter
and
more
casual
than
friendships
among
people
from
other
cultures.”可以推知美国人对待友谊较为随意，不太正式。
2．The
words
“highly
charged”
(Paragraph
2)
most
probably
mean
________.
A．extremely
expensive
B．much
cheerful
C．highly
responsible
D．full
of
mobility
and
change
解析：选D。词义猜测题。认真阅读并分析其所在句及前一句可知，是对前面一句话内容的概括，由此可见应表示“充满流动性和变化的”。
3．What
can
we
learn
from
the
passage?
A．Americans
know
a
lot
about
international
affairs.
B．Friendships
among
Americans
tend
to
be
more
formal.
C．Americans
always
seem
to
be
on
the
move.
D．Americans
like
to
cooperate
with
other
people.
解析：选C。推理判断题。由文章第二段首句中的“...people
always
seem
to
be
on
the
go.”可知答案。
4．It
can
be
inferred
from
the
passage
that
________.
A．Americans
want
to
take
part
in
all
kinds
of
activities
B．curiosity
is
the
major
characteristic
of
Americans
C．Americans
do
not
know
how
to
deal
with
silence
D．Americans’
characters
are
influenced
by
their
social
and
geographical
environments
解析：选D。推理判断题。由文章第一段第四句“This
attitude
probably
has
something
to
do
with
American
mobility
and
the
fact
that
Americans
dislike
to
be
dependent
on
other
people”可知，美国人对待友谊的态度可能与美国人的流动性以及他们不喜欢依赖别人有关。由第二段首句可知，美国是一个充满活力、充满流动性和变化的社会。这一切都表明美国人的性格受社会影响。文章最后一句表明美国人的性格也受其地理位置的影响。故D项正确。其他三项内容与文章不符。
Ⅴ.短文改错
When
I
get
on
the
train
to
Shanghai，I
wasn’t
as
excited
1．______________
like
the
others.I
had
passed
the
college
entrance
exam，and
yet
2．______________
I
was
worried
about
the
new
things
to
come.When
I
arrived
to，I
did
3．______________
not
see
somebody
that
I
knew.I
felt
lonely
and
tears
came
to
my
4．______________
eye.Fortunately，the
next
day
I
got
to
know
some
new
classmates
and
5．______________
they
soon
became
friends.Over
the
next
few
days，I
had
different
6．______________
lessons
and
found
the
teachers
were
both
kind.I
grew
to
like
7．______________
life
at
college.Though
I
still
missed
my
family
a
lot，but
I
8．______________
tried
my
best
to
taking
good
care
of
myself.I
was
looking
9．______________
forward
my
wonderful
four
years
of
college
life.
10．______________
答案：1.get→got 2.like→as 3.去掉to 4.somebody→anybody 5.eye→eyes 6.they→we or：became后加my
7．both→
all 8.去掉
but 9.taking→take 10.forward后加toⅠ.品句填词
1.
They
brought
the
children
to
Jesus
and
he
____________(祝福)
them.
答案：blessed
2.
A
Nobel
Prize
was
____________
(授予)to
Waksman
in
1952.
答案：awarded
3.
The
color
of
the
shirt
does
not
____________(相配)
that
of
the
tie.
答案：match
4.
The
____________(主题)of
the
poem
is
love
and
peace.
答案：theme
5.
He
____________(指引)
the
man
through
the
streets
to
the
railway
station.
答案：guided
6.
He
broke
down
the
locked
door
and
____________(逃跑)．
答案：escaped
7.
Farmers
have
____________
(请求)to
the
government
for
help.
答案：appealed
8.
The
police
soon
arrived
at
the
____________
(现场)of
the
crime
.
答案：scene
9.
She
loved
him,
and
had
never
____________
(怀疑)him.
答案：doubted
10.
It’s
important
to
understand
other
people
who
come
from
different
______________(背景)
.
答案：backgrounds
Ⅱ.选词填空
take
to；appeal
to；be
in
keeping
with；bring
out；put...across
1．He
________________
his
friend
for
support.
答案：appealed
to
2．That’s
not
the
point
I
want
to
____________.
答案：bring
out
3．It
was
unfortunate
that
he
never
____________
her.
答案：took
to
4．His
action
________
not
____________
the
happy
event.
答案：was；in
keeping
with
5．I’m
not
to
________
my
meaning
____________
very
well.
答案：put；across
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．When
crossing
the
street,
he
was
in
such
a
hurry
that
he
narrowly
escaped
________.
A．killing
B．being
killed
C．to
be
killed
D．kill
解析：选B。escape后接v.?ing形式，又因为he与kill之间应为动宾关系，所以只能选择B。句意：在横穿街道时，他太匆忙了，结果差点丧生。
2.
I
think
what________
me
about
his
painting
is
the
colours
he
uses.
A．refers
to
B．contributes
to
C．appeals
to
D．adapts
to
解析：选C。句意：我想他的画最吸引我的是他用的颜色。appeal
to“吸引”。
3．—How
about
going
for
a
picnic?
—Great!
But
finding
a
date
that
________us
all
is
very
difficult.
A．matches
B．suits
C．fits
D．satisfies
解析：选B。match相配，比得上，指人或物在品质、颜色、设计等方面相当或相配；suit常用于表示“适合，中意，满足”，多指符合口味、性格、条件等，尤其用来指衣服的式样、颜色或发型与人相配；fit是一个日常用语，多用来指形状、位置等合适或服装合身；satisfy满足(要求，需要等)。根据语境，B项合适。
4.
There’s
no
doubt________international
cooperation
is
the
key
to________with
cybercrime.
A．whether；doing
B．that；dealing
C．whether；do
D．that：do
解析：选B。There
is
no
doubt
that...固定句式，意为“……毫无疑问”；the
key
to结构中的to是介词，后接名词或动词的?ing形式作宾语。
5．The
book
on
health
has________on
the
children
as______as
the
old.
A．a
good
effect;
good
B．a
positive
effect;
well
C．a
good
affect;
well
D．affect;
well
解析：选B。have
an
effect
on“对……有影响”；as
well
as“和……一样”。句意：这本关于健康的书对儿童和老人都有积极影响。
6．He
was________the
prize
for
being
the
fastest
runner.
A．promoted
B．included
C．rewarded
D．awarded
解析：选D。award
sb.sth.意为“授予某人某物”(＝award
sth.
to
sb.)。
7．Seeing
the
happy________of
children
playing
in
the
park,
I’m
full
of
confidence
in
the
future
of
our
country.
A．scene
B．chance
C．view
D．sign
解析：选A。scene景色，场景；chance机会；view从某处看到的景色；sign迹象，根据句意应选A项。
8．________is
believed
that
to
keep
order
in
an
important
football
match
is
a
hard
job
for
the
police.
A．This
B．That
C．There
D．It
解析：选D。句意：人们认为，维持一场重要足球赛的良好秩序对警察而言是一项艰巨的任务。It作形式主语，代指后面that引导的主语从句。
9．________by
his
grandparents,
Jimmy
wasn’t
used
to
living
his
parents.
A．To
bring
up
B．To
bring
out
C．Brought
up
D．Brought
out
解析：选C。句意：因为由他祖父母养大，所以Jimmy不习惯同他父母生活在一起。brought
up是过去分词短语作状语，相当于状语从句as
he
was
brought
up；bring
out“使显现”。
10.
We
have________the
wedding
by
one
week.
A．put
across
B．put
away
C．put
forward
D．put
out
解析：选C。句意：我们已经把婚礼提前了一周。put
across“使被理解”；put
away“收起，存钱”；put
forward“提出，将……提前”；put
out“扑灭”。
Ⅳ.阅读理解
I
first
met
Confucius(孔子)
in
a
friend’s
living
room,
nearly
10
years
ago.
OK,
so
it
wasn’
t
really
the
bearded
(蓄胡子的
)
Chinese
philosopher.
It
was
a
collection
of
his
most
famous
lines,
printed
and
resting
on
a
coffee
table.
As
I
looked
through
the
pages,
an
image
of
the
man
began
to
form
in
my
mind.
It
wasn’t
until
last
Saturday,
though,
that
I
finally
had
a
chance
to
put
a
name
to
the
face—that
of
Hong
Kong
star
Chow
Yun?fat(周润发),
who
played
the
role
of
Confucius.
I
went
to
see
the
film
knowing
very
little
of
Confucius’
personal
story.
I
felt
wondering
what
I
would
have
thought
of
the
man
if
I
really
had
met
him
in
person.
Would
I
have
been
like
the
farmer
in
the
film
who
kept
on
harvesting
grain
when
Confucius
and
his
disciples
(门生)
stopped
and
asked
for
directions?
Would
I
have
been
like
the
alluring
consort
(played
by
Zhou
Xun)
who
requested
a
meeting
with
the
sage(圣人)
only
to
test
him?
Or
would
I
have
been
one
of
the
young
men
who
left
everything
to
follow
him
into
the
wilderness?
I
suppose
it
all
depends
on
the
historical
knowledge
of
director
Hu
Mei’s
Confucius.
In
the
movie,
we
see
a
man
who
is
all
at
once
humble
(虚心的)
,
wise,
humorous,
intelligent,
disciplined(自律的)
and
firm.
Even
when
Zhou’s
character
all
but
throws
herself
on
Confucius,
the
philosopher
walks
away
with
hardly
a
trace
of
desire
on
his
face.
Still,
though,
I’
m
not
quite
sure
I’d
have
given
everything—family,
livelihood,
home—to
sit
at
his
feet
day
and
night
and
live
on
horse?meat
soup,
as
his
followers
do
in
the
movie.
For
if
Chow’s
Confucius
has
one
flaw
(瑕疵)
,
it
’s
that
he
abandons
his
wife
and
daughter
in
order
to
spread
his
philosophy
throughout
China.
1.
Before
the
writer
saw
the
film
Confucius,
he
had________.
A．known
a
lot
of
Confucius
B．read
a
collection
of
famous
lines
of
Confucius
C．known
little
of
Confucius’
personal
story
D．read
a
lot
about
the
leading
character
Chow
Yun?fat
in
the
film
解析：选C。细节理解题。根据第二段的“I
went
to
see
the
film
knowing
very
little
of
Confucius’
personal
story.”可知。
2.
Who
directed
the
film
Confucius?
A．Chow
Yun?fat.
B．Zhou
Xun.
C．Hu
Mei.
D．The
writer’s
friend.
解析：选C。细节理解题。根据第四段“I
suppose
it
all
depends
on
the
historical
knowledge
of
director
Hu
Mei’s
Confucius.”可知。
3．Which
of
the
following
belongs
to
the
plot
of
the
film?
A.
A
farmer
takes
no
notice
of
Confucius
and
his
followers
when
they
stopped
to
ask
for
directions.
B．The
character
played
by
Zhou
Xun
shows
great
respect
for
Confucius.
C．Seeing
Confucius,
one
young
man
leaves
what
he
has
to
follow
Confucius.
D．Confucius
cares
about
his
wife
and
daughter
in
all
his
life.
解析：选A。细节理解题。根据第三段的第一句“Would
I
have
been
like
the
farmer
in
the
film
who
kept
on
harvesting
grain
when
Confucius
and
his
disciples
(门生)
stopped
and
asked
for
directions？”可知。
4.
Which
of
the
following
can
not
be
used
to
describe
Confucius
played
by
Chow
Yun?fat?
A．Wise.
B．Humorous.
C．Disciplined.
D．Proud.
解析：选D。细节理解题。根据第五段的In
the
movie
we
see
a
man
who
is
all
at
once
humble(虚心的),
wise,
humorous,
intelligent,
disciplined(自律的)
and
firm.可知孔子虚心、睿智、幽默、聪明、自律、坚强。
5.
According
to
the
last
paragraph,
we
know
________.
A.
the
writer
thinks
it’s
wrong
of
Confucius
to
leave
his
wife
and
daughter
alone
B．the
writer
can’t
give
up
what
he
has
to
follow
such
a
sage
C．Confucius
and
his
followers
kill
horses
everyday
D．Confucius
and
his
followers
often
sit
together
to
have
a
rest
解析：选A。推理判断题。根据最后一段的最后一句可知作者认为孔子抛弃妻女去传播自己的思想是不对的。
Ⅴ.短文改错
Dear
Mrs.
Smith，
I
appreciate
your
help
very
well.
On
the
first
day
of
1．____________________
the
camp,
you
came
up
to
myself
while
I
was
sitting
alone.
2．____________________
After
that,
you
always
gave
me
specially
attention
and
3．____________________
inspired
me
to
join
in
activity.
As
a
result,
I
gradually
4．____________________
got
to
know
other
campers.
Because
the
help
you
gave
me
5．____________________
that
summer,
my
life
changed.
I
gain
so
much
confidence
that
6．____________________
I
went
back
to
school
as
new
person.
My
grades
improved.
I
7．____________________
became
active
but
made
new
friends.
Yesterday,
I
got
a
letter
8．____________________
that
was
said
I
was
admitted
to
a
college.
I
am
proud
of
it.
I
just
9．____________________
want
to
thank
you
for
helping
me
becoming
a
different
person.
10．____________________
Yours，
Bob
答案：1.well改为much 2.myself改为me 3.specially改为special 4.activity改为activities/在activity前面加the 5.Because的后面加of 6.gain改为gained
7.new前面加a 8.but改为and 9.去掉第一个was 10.becoming改为become
